1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 }; 196 197 /* shorthand */ 198 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 199 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 200 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 201 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 202 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 203 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 204 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 205 206 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 207 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 208 209 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 210 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 211 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 212 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 213 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 218 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 219 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 220 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 221 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 222 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 223 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 224 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 225 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 226 227 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 228 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 232 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 234 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 235 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 238 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 239 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 240 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 241 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 242 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 243 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 244 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 245 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 246 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 247 248 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 249 #include "version.h" 250 251 252 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 253 /* 254 * Compare struct fst by function name. 255 */ 256 static int 257 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 258 { 259 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 260 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 261 262 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 263 } 264 265 /* 266 * Sort the function table by function name. 267 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 268 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 269 */ 270 static void 271 sortFunctions(void) 272 { 273 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 274 275 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 276 } 277 #endif 278 279 280 /* 281 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 282 */ 283 void 284 eval_init(void) 285 { 286 int i; 287 struct vimvar *p; 288 289 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 290 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 291 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 292 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 293 func_init(); 294 295 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 296 { 297 p = &vimvars[i]; 298 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 299 { 300 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 301 getout(1); 302 } 303 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 304 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 305 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 306 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 307 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 308 else 309 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 310 311 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 312 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 313 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 314 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 315 /* add to compat scope dict */ 316 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 317 } 318 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 319 320 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 323 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 324 325 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 326 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 329 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 340 341 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 342 343 #ifdef EBCDIC 344 /* 345 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 346 */ 347 sortFunctions(); 348 #endif 349 } 350 351 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 352 void 353 eval_clear(void) 354 { 355 int i; 356 struct vimvar *p; 357 358 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 359 { 360 p = &vimvars[i]; 361 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 362 { 363 vim_free(p->vv_str); 364 p->vv_str = NULL; 365 } 366 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 367 { 368 list_unref(p->vv_list); 369 p->vv_list = NULL; 370 } 371 } 372 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 373 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 374 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 375 376 free_scriptnames(); 377 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 378 free_locales(); 379 # endif 380 381 /* global variables */ 382 vars_clear(&globvarht); 383 384 /* autoloaded script names */ 385 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 386 387 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 388 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 389 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 390 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 391 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 392 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 393 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 394 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 395 396 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 397 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 398 399 /* functions */ 400 free_all_functions(); 401 } 402 #endif 403 404 405 /* 406 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 407 * not already exist. 408 */ 409 void 410 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 411 { 412 char_u *val; 413 typval_T *tvp; 414 415 val = vim_strsave(value); 416 if (val != NULL) 417 { 418 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 419 if (tvp != NULL) 420 { 421 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 422 free_tv(tvp); 423 } 424 } 425 } 426 427 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 428 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 429 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 430 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 431 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 432 433 /* 434 * Start recording command output to a variable 435 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 436 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 437 */ 438 int 439 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 440 { 441 int save_emsg; 442 int err; 443 typval_T tv; 444 445 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 446 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 447 { 448 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 449 return FAIL; 450 } 451 452 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 453 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 454 if (redir_varname == NULL) 455 return FAIL; 456 457 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 458 if (redir_lval == NULL) 459 { 460 var_redir_stop(); 461 return FAIL; 462 } 463 464 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 465 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 466 467 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 468 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 469 FNE_CHECK_START); 470 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 471 { 472 clear_lval(redir_lval); 473 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 474 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 475 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 476 else 477 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 478 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 479 var_redir_stop(); 480 return FAIL; 481 } 482 483 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 484 * string */ 485 save_emsg = did_emsg; 486 did_emsg = FALSE; 487 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 488 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 489 if (append) 490 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 491 else 492 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 493 clear_lval(redir_lval); 494 err = did_emsg; 495 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 496 if (err) 497 { 498 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 499 var_redir_stop(); 500 return FAIL; 501 } 502 503 return OK; 504 } 505 506 /* 507 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 508 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 509 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 510 * memory to be used: 511 * :redir => foo 512 * :let foo 513 * :redir END 514 */ 515 void 516 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 517 { 518 int len; 519 520 if (redir_lval == NULL) 521 return; 522 523 if (value_len == -1) 524 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 525 else 526 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 527 528 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 529 { 530 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 531 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 532 } 533 else 534 var_redir_stop(); 535 } 536 537 /* 538 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 539 * Frees the allocated memory. 540 */ 541 void 542 var_redir_stop(void) 543 { 544 typval_T tv; 545 546 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 547 { 548 redir_lval = NULL; 549 return; 550 } 551 552 if (redir_lval != NULL) 553 { 554 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 555 if (redir_endp != NULL) 556 { 557 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 558 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 559 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 560 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 561 * have changed. */ 562 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 563 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 564 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 565 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 566 clear_lval(redir_lval); 567 } 568 569 /* free the collected output */ 570 vim_free(redir_ga.ga_data); 571 redir_ga.ga_data = NULL; 572 573 vim_free(redir_lval); 574 redir_lval = NULL; 575 } 576 vim_free(redir_varname); 577 redir_varname = NULL; 578 } 579 580 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 581 int 582 eval_charconvert( 583 char_u *enc_from, 584 char_u *enc_to, 585 char_u *fname_from, 586 char_u *fname_to) 587 { 588 int err = FALSE; 589 590 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 591 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 594 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 595 err = TRUE; 596 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 597 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 598 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 599 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 600 601 if (err) 602 return FAIL; 603 return OK; 604 } 605 # endif 606 607 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 608 int 609 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 610 { 611 int err = FALSE; 612 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 615 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 616 err = TRUE; 617 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 618 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 619 620 if (err) 621 { 622 mch_remove(fname); 623 return FAIL; 624 } 625 return OK; 626 } 627 # endif 628 629 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 630 void 631 eval_diff( 632 char_u *origfile, 633 char_u *newfile, 634 char_u *outfile) 635 { 636 int err = FALSE; 637 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 641 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 642 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 643 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 644 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 645 } 646 647 void 648 eval_patch( 649 char_u *origfile, 650 char_u *difffile, 651 char_u *outfile) 652 { 653 int err; 654 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 658 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 659 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 660 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 661 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 662 } 663 # endif 664 665 /* 666 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 667 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 668 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 669 */ 670 int 671 eval_to_bool( 672 char_u *arg, 673 int *error, 674 char_u **nextcmd, 675 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 676 { 677 typval_T tv; 678 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 679 680 if (skip) 681 ++emsg_skip; 682 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 683 *error = TRUE; 684 else 685 { 686 *error = FALSE; 687 if (!skip) 688 { 689 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 690 clear_tv(&tv); 691 } 692 } 693 if (skip) 694 --emsg_skip; 695 696 return (int)retval; 697 } 698 699 static int 700 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 701 { 702 char_u *s; 703 int dummy; 704 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 705 706 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 707 { 708 s = expr->vval.v_string; 709 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 710 return FAIL; 711 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 712 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 713 return FAIL; 714 } 715 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 716 { 717 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 718 719 s = partial_name(partial); 720 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 721 return FAIL; 722 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 723 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 724 return FAIL; 725 } 726 else 727 { 728 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 729 if (s == NULL) 730 return FAIL; 731 s = skipwhite(s); 732 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 733 return FAIL; 734 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 735 { 736 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 737 return FAIL; 738 } 739 } 740 return OK; 741 } 742 743 /* 744 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 745 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 746 */ 747 int 748 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 749 { 750 typval_T rettv; 751 int res; 752 753 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 754 { 755 *error = TRUE; 756 return FALSE; 757 } 758 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 759 clear_tv(&rettv); 760 return res; 761 } 762 763 /* 764 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 765 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 766 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 767 */ 768 char_u * 769 eval_to_string_skip( 770 char_u *arg, 771 char_u **nextcmd, 772 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 773 { 774 typval_T tv; 775 char_u *retval; 776 777 if (skip) 778 ++emsg_skip; 779 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 780 retval = NULL; 781 else 782 { 783 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 784 clear_tv(&tv); 785 } 786 if (skip) 787 --emsg_skip; 788 789 return retval; 790 } 791 792 /* 793 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 794 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 795 */ 796 int 797 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 798 { 799 typval_T rettv; 800 801 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 802 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 803 } 804 805 /* 806 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 807 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 808 * a Float to a String. 809 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 810 */ 811 char_u * 812 eval_to_string( 813 char_u *arg, 814 char_u **nextcmd, 815 int convert) 816 { 817 typval_T tv; 818 char_u *retval; 819 garray_T ga; 820 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 821 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 822 #endif 823 824 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 825 retval = NULL; 826 else 827 { 828 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 829 { 830 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 831 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 832 { 833 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 834 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 835 ga_append(&ga, NL); 836 } 837 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 838 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 839 } 840 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 841 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 842 { 843 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 844 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 845 } 846 #endif 847 else 848 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 849 clear_tv(&tv); 850 } 851 852 return retval; 853 } 854 855 /* 856 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 857 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 858 */ 859 char_u * 860 eval_to_string_safe( 861 char_u *arg, 862 char_u **nextcmd, 863 int use_sandbox) 864 { 865 char_u *retval; 866 void *save_funccalp; 867 868 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 ++sandbox; 871 ++textlock; 872 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 873 if (use_sandbox) 874 --sandbox; 875 --textlock; 876 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 877 return retval; 878 } 879 880 /* 881 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 882 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 883 * Returns -1 for an error. 884 */ 885 varnumber_T 886 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 887 { 888 typval_T rettv; 889 varnumber_T retval; 890 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 891 892 ++emsg_off; 893 894 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 895 retval = -1; 896 else 897 { 898 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 899 clear_tv(&rettv); 900 } 901 --emsg_off; 902 903 return retval; 904 } 905 906 /* 907 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 908 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 909 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 910 */ 911 static void 912 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 913 { 914 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 915 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 916 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 917 } 918 919 /* 920 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 921 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 922 */ 923 static void 924 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 925 { 926 hashitem_T *hi; 927 928 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 929 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 930 { 931 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 932 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 933 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 934 else 935 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 936 } 937 } 938 939 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 940 /* 941 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 942 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 943 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 944 */ 945 list_T * 946 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 947 { 948 typval_T save_val; 949 typval_T rettv; 950 list_T *list = NULL; 951 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 952 953 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 954 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 955 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 956 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 957 if (p_verbose == 0) 958 ++emsg_off; 959 960 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 961 { 962 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 963 clear_tv(&rettv); 964 else 965 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 966 } 967 968 if (p_verbose == 0) 969 --emsg_off; 970 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 971 972 return list; 973 } 974 975 /* 976 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 977 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 978 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 979 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 980 */ 981 int 982 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 983 { 984 listitem_T *li; 985 986 li = list->lv_first; 987 if (li == NULL) 988 return -1; 989 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 990 991 li = li->li_next; 992 if (li == NULL) 993 return -1; 994 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 995 } 996 #endif 997 998 /* 999 * Top level evaluation function. 1000 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 1001 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 1002 */ 1003 typval_T * 1004 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1005 { 1006 typval_T *tv; 1007 1008 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1009 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1010 { 1011 vim_free(tv); 1012 tv = NULL; 1013 } 1014 1015 return tv; 1016 } 1017 1018 1019 /* 1020 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1021 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 1022 * arguments are currently supported. 1023 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1024 */ 1025 int 1026 call_vim_function( 1027 char_u *func, 1028 int argc, 1029 char_u **argv, 1030 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 1031 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 1032 typval_T *rettv) 1033 { 1034 typval_T *argvars; 1035 varnumber_T n; 1036 int len; 1037 int i; 1038 int doesrange; 1039 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 1040 int ret; 1041 1042 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 1043 if (argvars == NULL) 1044 return FAIL; 1045 1046 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 1047 { 1048 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 1049 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 1050 { 1051 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1052 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 1053 continue; 1054 } 1055 1056 if (str_arg_only) 1057 len = 0; 1058 else 1059 { 1060 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. A dash 1061 * is a string too. */ 1062 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 1063 if (len == 1 && *argv[i] == '-') 1064 len = 0; 1065 } 1066 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 1067 { 1068 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 1069 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 1070 } 1071 else 1072 { 1073 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 1074 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 1075 } 1076 } 1077 1078 if (safe) 1079 { 1080 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1081 ++sandbox; 1082 } 1083 1084 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1085 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 1086 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1087 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1088 if (safe) 1089 { 1090 --sandbox; 1091 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1092 } 1093 vim_free(argvars); 1094 1095 if (ret == FAIL) 1096 clear_tv(rettv); 1097 1098 return ret; 1099 } 1100 1101 /* 1102 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1103 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1104 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1105 */ 1106 varnumber_T 1107 call_func_retnr( 1108 char_u *func, 1109 int argc, 1110 char_u **argv, 1111 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1112 { 1113 typval_T rettv; 1114 varnumber_T retval; 1115 1116 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1117 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1118 return -1; 1119 1120 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1121 clear_tv(&rettv); 1122 return retval; 1123 } 1124 1125 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1126 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1127 1128 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1129 /* 1130 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1131 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1132 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1133 */ 1134 void * 1135 call_func_retstr( 1136 char_u *func, 1137 int argc, 1138 char_u **argv, 1139 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1140 { 1141 typval_T rettv; 1142 char_u *retval; 1143 1144 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1145 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1146 return NULL; 1147 1148 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1149 clear_tv(&rettv); 1150 return retval; 1151 } 1152 # endif 1153 1154 /* 1155 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1156 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1157 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1158 */ 1159 void * 1160 call_func_retlist( 1161 char_u *func, 1162 int argc, 1163 char_u **argv, 1164 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1165 { 1166 typval_T rettv; 1167 1168 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1169 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1170 return NULL; 1171 1172 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1173 { 1174 clear_tv(&rettv); 1175 return NULL; 1176 } 1177 1178 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1179 } 1180 #endif 1181 1182 1183 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1184 /* 1185 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1186 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1187 */ 1188 int 1189 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1190 { 1191 typval_T tv; 1192 varnumber_T retval; 1193 char_u *s; 1194 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1195 OPT_LOCAL); 1196 1197 ++emsg_off; 1198 if (use_sandbox) 1199 ++sandbox; 1200 ++textlock; 1201 *cp = NUL; 1202 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1203 retval = 0; 1204 else 1205 { 1206 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1207 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1208 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1209 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1210 retval = 0; 1211 else 1212 { 1213 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1214 * the number. */ 1215 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1216 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1217 *cp = *s++; 1218 retval = atol((char *)s); 1219 } 1220 clear_tv(&tv); 1221 } 1222 --emsg_off; 1223 if (use_sandbox) 1224 --sandbox; 1225 --textlock; 1226 1227 return (int)retval; 1228 } 1229 #endif 1230 1231 /* 1232 * ":let" list all variable values 1233 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1234 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1235 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1236 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1237 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1238 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1239 */ 1240 void 1241 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1242 { 1243 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1244 char_u *expr = NULL; 1245 typval_T rettv; 1246 int i; 1247 int var_count = 0; 1248 int semicolon = 0; 1249 char_u op[2]; 1250 char_u *argend; 1251 int first = TRUE; 1252 1253 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1254 if (argend == NULL) 1255 return; 1256 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1257 --argend; 1258 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1259 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1260 && expr[1] == '=')) 1261 { 1262 /* 1263 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1264 */ 1265 if (*arg == '[') 1266 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1267 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1268 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1269 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1270 else if (!eap->skip) 1271 { 1272 /* ":let" */ 1273 list_glob_vars(&first); 1274 list_buf_vars(&first); 1275 list_win_vars(&first); 1276 list_tab_vars(&first); 1277 list_script_vars(&first); 1278 list_func_vars(&first); 1279 list_vim_vars(&first); 1280 } 1281 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1282 } 1283 else 1284 { 1285 op[0] = '='; 1286 op[1] = NUL; 1287 if (*expr != '=') 1288 { 1289 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1290 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1291 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1292 } 1293 else 1294 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1295 1296 if (eap->skip) 1297 ++emsg_skip; 1298 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1299 if (eap->skip) 1300 { 1301 if (i != FAIL) 1302 clear_tv(&rettv); 1303 --emsg_skip; 1304 } 1305 else if (i != FAIL) 1306 { 1307 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1308 op); 1309 clear_tv(&rettv); 1310 } 1311 } 1312 } 1313 1314 /* 1315 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1316 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1317 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1318 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1319 * or concatenate. 1320 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1321 */ 1322 static int 1323 ex_let_vars( 1324 char_u *arg_start, 1325 typval_T *tv, 1326 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1327 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1328 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1329 char_u *nextchars) 1330 { 1331 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1332 list_T *l; 1333 int i; 1334 listitem_T *item; 1335 typval_T ltv; 1336 1337 if (*arg != '[') 1338 { 1339 /* 1340 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1341 */ 1342 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1343 return FAIL; 1344 return OK; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1349 */ 1350 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1351 { 1352 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1353 return FAIL; 1354 } 1355 1356 i = list_len(l); 1357 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1358 { 1359 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1360 return FAIL; 1361 } 1362 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1363 { 1364 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1365 return FAIL; 1366 } 1367 1368 item = l->lv_first; 1369 while (*arg != ']') 1370 { 1371 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1372 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1373 item = item->li_next; 1374 if (arg == NULL) 1375 return FAIL; 1376 1377 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1378 if (*arg == ';') 1379 { 1380 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1381 * Create a new list for this. */ 1382 l = list_alloc(); 1383 if (l == NULL) 1384 return FAIL; 1385 while (item != NULL) 1386 { 1387 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1388 item = item->li_next; 1389 } 1390 1391 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1392 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1393 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1394 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1395 1396 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1397 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1398 clear_tv(<v); 1399 if (arg == NULL) 1400 return FAIL; 1401 break; 1402 } 1403 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1404 { 1405 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1406 return FAIL; 1407 } 1408 } 1409 1410 return OK; 1411 } 1412 1413 /* 1414 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1415 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1416 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1417 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1418 * Return NULL for an error. 1419 */ 1420 static char_u * 1421 skip_var_list( 1422 char_u *arg, 1423 int *var_count, 1424 int *semicolon) 1425 { 1426 char_u *p, *s; 1427 1428 if (*arg == '[') 1429 { 1430 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1431 p = arg; 1432 for (;;) 1433 { 1434 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1435 s = skip_var_one(p); 1436 if (s == p) 1437 { 1438 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1439 return NULL; 1440 } 1441 ++*var_count; 1442 1443 p = skipwhite(s); 1444 if (*p == ']') 1445 break; 1446 else if (*p == ';') 1447 { 1448 if (*semicolon == 1) 1449 { 1450 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1451 return NULL; 1452 } 1453 *semicolon = 1; 1454 } 1455 else if (*p != ',') 1456 { 1457 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1458 return NULL; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 return p + 1; 1462 } 1463 else 1464 return skip_var_one(arg); 1465 } 1466 1467 /* 1468 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1469 * l[idx]. 1470 */ 1471 static char_u * 1472 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1473 { 1474 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1475 return arg + 2; 1476 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1477 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1478 } 1479 1480 /* 1481 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1482 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1483 */ 1484 void 1485 list_hashtable_vars( 1486 hashtab_T *ht, 1487 char_u *prefix, 1488 int empty, 1489 int *first) 1490 { 1491 hashitem_T *hi; 1492 dictitem_T *di; 1493 int todo; 1494 1495 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1496 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1497 { 1498 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1499 { 1500 --todo; 1501 di = HI2DI(hi); 1502 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1503 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1504 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1505 } 1506 } 1507 } 1508 1509 /* 1510 * List global variables. 1511 */ 1512 static void 1513 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1514 { 1515 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1516 } 1517 1518 /* 1519 * List buffer variables. 1520 */ 1521 static void 1522 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1523 { 1524 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1525 TRUE, first); 1526 } 1527 1528 /* 1529 * List window variables. 1530 */ 1531 static void 1532 list_win_vars(int *first) 1533 { 1534 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1535 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1536 } 1537 1538 /* 1539 * List tab page variables. 1540 */ 1541 static void 1542 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1543 { 1544 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1545 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1546 } 1547 1548 /* 1549 * List Vim variables. 1550 */ 1551 static void 1552 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1553 { 1554 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1555 } 1556 1557 /* 1558 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1559 */ 1560 static void 1561 list_script_vars(int *first) 1562 { 1563 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1564 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1565 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1566 } 1567 1568 /* 1569 * List variables in "arg". 1570 */ 1571 static char_u * 1572 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1573 { 1574 int error = FALSE; 1575 int len; 1576 char_u *name; 1577 char_u *name_start; 1578 char_u *arg_subsc; 1579 char_u *tofree; 1580 typval_T tv; 1581 1582 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1583 { 1584 if (error || eap->skip) 1585 { 1586 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1587 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1588 { 1589 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1590 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1591 break; 1592 } 1593 } 1594 else 1595 { 1596 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1597 name_start = name = arg; 1598 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1599 if (len <= 0) 1600 { 1601 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1602 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1603 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1604 { 1605 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1606 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1607 break; 1608 } 1609 error = TRUE; 1610 } 1611 else 1612 { 1613 if (tofree != NULL) 1614 name = tofree; 1615 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1616 error = TRUE; 1617 else 1618 { 1619 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1620 arg_subsc = arg; 1621 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1622 error = TRUE; 1623 else 1624 { 1625 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1626 { 1627 switch (*name) 1628 { 1629 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1630 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1631 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1632 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1633 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1634 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1635 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1636 default: 1637 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1638 } 1639 } 1640 else 1641 { 1642 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1643 char_u *tf; 1644 int c; 1645 char_u *s; 1646 1647 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1648 c = *arg; 1649 *arg = NUL; 1650 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1651 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1652 tv.v_type, 1653 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1654 first); 1655 *arg = c; 1656 vim_free(tf); 1657 } 1658 clear_tv(&tv); 1659 } 1660 } 1661 } 1662 1663 vim_free(tofree); 1664 } 1665 1666 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1667 } 1668 1669 return arg; 1670 } 1671 1672 /* 1673 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1674 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1675 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1676 */ 1677 static char_u * 1678 ex_let_one( 1679 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1680 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1681 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1682 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1683 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1684 { 1685 int c1; 1686 char_u *name; 1687 char_u *p; 1688 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1689 int len; 1690 int opt_flags; 1691 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1692 1693 /* 1694 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1695 */ 1696 if (*arg == '$') 1697 { 1698 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1699 ++arg; 1700 name = arg; 1701 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1702 if (len == 0) 1703 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1704 else 1705 { 1706 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1707 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1708 else if (endchars != NULL 1709 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1710 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1711 else if (!check_secure()) 1712 { 1713 c1 = name[len]; 1714 name[len] = NUL; 1715 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1716 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1717 { 1718 int mustfree = FALSE; 1719 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1720 1721 if (s != NULL) 1722 { 1723 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1724 if (mustfree) 1725 vim_free(s); 1726 } 1727 } 1728 if (p != NULL) 1729 { 1730 vim_setenv(name, p); 1731 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1732 init_homedir(); 1733 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1734 didset_vim = FALSE; 1735 else if (didset_vimruntime 1736 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1737 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1738 arg_end = arg; 1739 } 1740 name[len] = c1; 1741 vim_free(tofree); 1742 } 1743 } 1744 } 1745 1746 /* 1747 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1748 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1749 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1750 */ 1751 else if (*arg == '&') 1752 { 1753 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1754 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1755 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1756 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1757 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1758 else 1759 { 1760 long n; 1761 int opt_type; 1762 long numval; 1763 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1764 char_u *s; 1765 1766 c1 = *p; 1767 *p = NUL; 1768 1769 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1770 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1771 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1772 { 1773 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1774 &stringval, opt_flags); 1775 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1776 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1777 { 1778 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1779 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1780 } 1781 else 1782 { 1783 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1784 { 1785 if (*op == '+') 1786 n = numval + n; 1787 else 1788 n = numval - n; 1789 } 1790 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1791 { 1792 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1793 vim_free(stringval); 1794 stringval = s; 1795 } 1796 } 1797 } 1798 if (s != NULL) 1799 { 1800 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1801 arg_end = p; 1802 } 1803 *p = c1; 1804 vim_free(stringval); 1805 } 1806 } 1807 1808 /* 1809 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1810 */ 1811 else if (*arg == '@') 1812 { 1813 ++arg; 1814 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1815 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1816 else if (endchars != NULL 1817 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1818 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1819 else 1820 { 1821 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1822 char_u *s; 1823 1824 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1825 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1826 { 1827 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1828 if (s != NULL) 1829 { 1830 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1831 vim_free(s); 1832 } 1833 } 1834 if (p != NULL) 1835 { 1836 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1837 arg_end = arg + 1; 1838 } 1839 vim_free(ptofree); 1840 } 1841 } 1842 1843 /* 1844 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1845 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1846 */ 1847 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1848 { 1849 lval_T lv; 1850 1851 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1852 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1853 { 1854 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1855 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1856 else 1857 { 1858 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1859 arg_end = p; 1860 } 1861 } 1862 clear_lval(&lv); 1863 } 1864 1865 else 1866 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1867 1868 return arg_end; 1869 } 1870 1871 /* 1872 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1873 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1874 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1875 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1876 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1877 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1878 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1879 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1880 * 1881 * flags: 1882 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1883 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1884 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1885 * 1886 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1887 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1888 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1889 */ 1890 char_u * 1891 get_lval( 1892 char_u *name, 1893 typval_T *rettv, 1894 lval_T *lp, 1895 int unlet, 1896 int skip, 1897 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1898 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1899 { 1900 char_u *p; 1901 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1902 int cc; 1903 dictitem_T *v; 1904 typval_T var1; 1905 typval_T var2; 1906 int empty1 = FALSE; 1907 listitem_T *ni; 1908 char_u *key = NULL; 1909 int len; 1910 hashtab_T *ht; 1911 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1912 1913 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1914 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1915 1916 if (skip) 1917 { 1918 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1919 lp->ll_name = name; 1920 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1921 } 1922 1923 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1924 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1925 if (expr_start != NULL) 1926 { 1927 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1928 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1929 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1930 { 1931 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1932 return NULL; 1933 } 1934 1935 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1936 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1937 { 1938 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1939 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1940 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1941 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1942 { 1943 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1944 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1945 return NULL; 1946 } 1947 } 1948 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1949 } 1950 else 1951 lp->ll_name = name; 1952 1953 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1954 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1955 return p; 1956 1957 cc = *p; 1958 *p = NUL; 1959 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, &ht, flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1960 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1961 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1962 *p = cc; 1963 if (v == NULL) 1964 return NULL; 1965 1966 /* 1967 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1968 */ 1969 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1970 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1971 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1972 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1973 { 1974 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1975 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1976 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1977 { 1978 if (!quiet) 1979 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1980 return NULL; 1981 } 1982 if (lp->ll_range) 1983 { 1984 if (!quiet) 1985 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1986 return NULL; 1987 } 1988 1989 len = -1; 1990 if (*p == '.') 1991 { 1992 key = p + 1; 1993 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1994 ; 1995 if (len == 0) 1996 { 1997 if (!quiet) 1998 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1999 return NULL; 2000 } 2001 p = key + len; 2002 } 2003 else 2004 { 2005 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 2006 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2007 if (*p == ':') 2008 empty1 = TRUE; 2009 else 2010 { 2011 empty1 = FALSE; 2012 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2013 return NULL; 2014 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 2015 { 2016 /* not a number or string */ 2017 clear_tv(&var1); 2018 return NULL; 2019 } 2020 } 2021 2022 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 2023 if (*p == ':') 2024 { 2025 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2026 { 2027 if (!quiet) 2028 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 2029 clear_tv(&var1); 2030 return NULL; 2031 } 2032 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 2033 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 2034 { 2035 if (!quiet) 2036 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 2037 clear_tv(&var1); 2038 return NULL; 2039 } 2040 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2041 if (*p == ']') 2042 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 2043 else 2044 { 2045 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2046 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2047 { 2048 clear_tv(&var1); 2049 return NULL; 2050 } 2051 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2052 { 2053 /* not a number or string */ 2054 clear_tv(&var1); 2055 clear_tv(&var2); 2056 return NULL; 2057 } 2058 } 2059 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2060 } 2061 else 2062 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2063 2064 if (*p != ']') 2065 { 2066 if (!quiet) 2067 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2068 clear_tv(&var1); 2069 clear_tv(&var2); 2070 return NULL; 2071 } 2072 2073 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2074 ++p; 2075 } 2076 2077 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2078 { 2079 if (len == -1) 2080 { 2081 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2082 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2083 if (key == NULL) 2084 { 2085 clear_tv(&var1); 2086 return NULL; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2090 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2091 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2092 2093 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2094 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2095 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2096 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2097 { 2098 int prevval; 2099 int wrong; 2100 2101 if (len != -1) 2102 { 2103 prevval = key[len]; 2104 key[len] = NUL; 2105 } 2106 else 2107 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2108 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2109 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2110 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2111 || !valid_varname(key); 2112 if (len != -1) 2113 key[len] = prevval; 2114 if (wrong) 2115 return NULL; 2116 } 2117 2118 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2119 { 2120 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2121 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2122 { 2123 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2124 return NULL; 2125 } 2126 2127 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2128 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2129 { 2130 if (!quiet) 2131 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2132 clear_tv(&var1); 2133 return NULL; 2134 } 2135 if (len == -1) 2136 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2137 else 2138 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2139 clear_tv(&var1); 2140 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2141 p = NULL; 2142 break; 2143 } 2144 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2145 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2146 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2147 { 2148 clear_tv(&var1); 2149 return NULL; 2150 } 2151 2152 clear_tv(&var1); 2153 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2154 } 2155 else 2156 { 2157 /* 2158 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2159 */ 2160 if (empty1) 2161 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2162 else 2163 /* is number or string */ 2164 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2165 clear_tv(&var1); 2166 2167 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2168 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2169 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2170 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2171 { 2172 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2173 { 2174 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2175 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2176 } 2177 } 2178 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2179 { 2180 clear_tv(&var2); 2181 if (!quiet) 2182 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2183 return NULL; 2184 } 2185 2186 /* 2187 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2188 * index of a range. 2189 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2190 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2191 */ 2192 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2193 { 2194 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2195 /* is number or string */ 2196 clear_tv(&var2); 2197 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2198 { 2199 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2200 if (ni == NULL) 2201 { 2202 if (!quiet) 2203 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2204 return NULL; 2205 } 2206 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2207 } 2208 2209 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2210 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2211 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2212 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2213 { 2214 if (!quiet) 2215 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2216 return NULL; 2217 } 2218 } 2219 2220 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2221 } 2222 } 2223 2224 clear_tv(&var1); 2225 return p; 2226 } 2227 2228 /* 2229 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2230 */ 2231 void 2232 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2233 { 2234 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2235 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2236 } 2237 2238 /* 2239 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2240 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2241 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2242 */ 2243 static void 2244 set_var_lval( 2245 lval_T *lp, 2246 char_u *endp, 2247 typval_T *rettv, 2248 int copy, 2249 char_u *op) 2250 { 2251 int cc; 2252 listitem_T *ri; 2253 dictitem_T *di; 2254 2255 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2256 { 2257 cc = *endp; 2258 *endp = NUL; 2259 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2260 { 2261 typval_T tv; 2262 2263 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2264 di = NULL; 2265 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2266 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2267 { 2268 if ((di == NULL 2269 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2270 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2271 FALSE))) 2272 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2273 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2274 clear_tv(&tv); 2275 } 2276 } 2277 else 2278 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2279 *endp = cc; 2280 } 2281 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2282 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2283 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2284 ; 2285 else if (lp->ll_range) 2286 { 2287 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2288 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2289 2290 /* 2291 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2292 */ 2293 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2294 { 2295 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2296 return; 2297 ri = ri->li_next; 2298 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2299 break; 2300 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2301 ++ll_n1; 2302 } 2303 2304 /* 2305 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2306 */ 2307 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2308 { 2309 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2310 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2311 else 2312 { 2313 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2314 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2315 } 2316 ri = ri->li_next; 2317 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2318 break; 2319 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2320 { 2321 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2322 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2323 { 2324 ri = NULL; 2325 break; 2326 } 2327 } 2328 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2329 ++lp->ll_n1; 2330 } 2331 if (ri != NULL) 2332 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2333 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2334 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2335 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2336 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2337 } 2338 else 2339 { 2340 /* 2341 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2342 */ 2343 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2344 { 2345 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2346 { 2347 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2348 return; 2349 } 2350 2351 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2352 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2353 if (di == NULL) 2354 return; 2355 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2356 { 2357 vim_free(di); 2358 return; 2359 } 2360 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2361 } 2362 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2363 { 2364 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2365 return; 2366 } 2367 else 2368 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2369 2370 /* 2371 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2372 */ 2373 if (copy) 2374 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2375 else 2376 { 2377 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2378 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2379 init_tv(rettv); 2380 } 2381 } 2382 } 2383 2384 /* 2385 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2386 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2387 */ 2388 static int 2389 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2390 { 2391 varnumber_T n; 2392 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2393 char_u *s; 2394 2395 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2396 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2397 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2398 { 2399 switch (tv1->v_type) 2400 { 2401 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2402 case VAR_DICT: 2403 case VAR_FUNC: 2404 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2405 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2406 case VAR_JOB: 2407 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2408 break; 2409 2410 case VAR_LIST: 2411 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2412 break; 2413 /* List += List */ 2414 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2415 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2416 return OK; 2417 2418 case VAR_NUMBER: 2419 case VAR_STRING: 2420 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2421 break; 2422 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2423 { 2424 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2425 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2426 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2427 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2428 { 2429 float_T f = n; 2430 2431 if (*op == '+') 2432 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2433 else 2434 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2435 clear_tv(tv1); 2436 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2437 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2438 } 2439 else 2440 #endif 2441 { 2442 if (*op == '+') 2443 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2444 else 2445 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2446 clear_tv(tv1); 2447 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2448 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2449 } 2450 } 2451 else 2452 { 2453 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2454 break; 2455 2456 /* str .= str */ 2457 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2458 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2459 clear_tv(tv1); 2460 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2461 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2462 } 2463 return OK; 2464 2465 case VAR_FLOAT: 2466 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2467 { 2468 float_T f; 2469 2470 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2471 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2472 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2473 break; 2474 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2475 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2476 else 2477 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2478 if (*op == '+') 2479 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2480 else 2481 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2482 } 2483 #endif 2484 return OK; 2485 } 2486 } 2487 2488 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2489 return FAIL; 2490 } 2491 2492 /* 2493 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2494 * "arg" points to "var". 2495 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2496 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2497 */ 2498 void * 2499 eval_for_line( 2500 char_u *arg, 2501 int *errp, 2502 char_u **nextcmdp, 2503 int skip) 2504 { 2505 forinfo_T *fi; 2506 char_u *expr; 2507 typval_T tv; 2508 list_T *l; 2509 2510 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2511 2512 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2513 if (fi == NULL) 2514 return NULL; 2515 2516 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2517 if (expr == NULL) 2518 return fi; 2519 2520 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2521 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2522 { 2523 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2524 return fi; 2525 } 2526 2527 if (skip) 2528 ++emsg_skip; 2529 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2530 { 2531 *errp = FALSE; 2532 if (!skip) 2533 { 2534 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2535 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2536 { 2537 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2538 clear_tv(&tv); 2539 } 2540 else if (l == NULL) 2541 { 2542 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2543 clear_tv(&tv); 2544 } 2545 else 2546 { 2547 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2548 * list being used in "tv". */ 2549 fi->fi_list = l; 2550 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2551 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2552 } 2553 } 2554 } 2555 if (skip) 2556 --emsg_skip; 2557 2558 return fi; 2559 } 2560 2561 /* 2562 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2563 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2564 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2565 * something wrong. 2566 */ 2567 int 2568 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2569 { 2570 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2571 int result; 2572 listitem_T *item; 2573 2574 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2575 if (item == NULL) 2576 result = FALSE; 2577 else 2578 { 2579 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2580 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2581 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2582 } 2583 return result; 2584 } 2585 2586 /* 2587 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2588 */ 2589 void 2590 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2591 { 2592 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2593 2594 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2595 { 2596 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2597 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2598 } 2599 vim_free(fi); 2600 } 2601 2602 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2603 2604 void 2605 set_context_for_expression( 2606 expand_T *xp, 2607 char_u *arg, 2608 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2609 { 2610 int got_eq = FALSE; 2611 int c; 2612 char_u *p; 2613 2614 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2615 { 2616 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2617 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2618 { 2619 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2620 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2621 { 2622 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2623 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2624 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2625 break; 2626 } 2627 return; 2628 } 2629 } 2630 else 2631 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2632 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2633 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2634 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2635 { 2636 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2637 if (c == '&') 2638 { 2639 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2640 if (c == '&') 2641 { 2642 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2643 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2644 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2645 } 2646 else if (c != ' ') 2647 { 2648 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2649 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2650 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2651 2652 } 2653 } 2654 else if (c == '$') 2655 { 2656 /* environment variable */ 2657 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2658 } 2659 else if (c == '=') 2660 { 2661 got_eq = TRUE; 2662 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2663 } 2664 else if (c == '#' 2665 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2666 { 2667 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2668 break; 2669 } 2670 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2671 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2672 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2673 { 2674 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2675 break; 2676 } 2677 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2678 { 2679 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2680 { 2681 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2682 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2683 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2684 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2685 } 2686 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2687 { 2688 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2689 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2690 /* skip */ ; 2691 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2692 } 2693 else if (c == '|') 2694 { 2695 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2696 { 2697 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2698 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2699 } 2700 else 2701 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2702 } 2703 else 2704 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2705 } 2706 else 2707 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2708 * anyway. */ 2709 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2710 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2711 if (*arg != NUL) 2712 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2713 /* skip */ ; 2714 } 2715 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2716 } 2717 2718 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2719 2720 /* 2721 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2722 */ 2723 void 2724 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2725 { 2726 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2727 } 2728 2729 /* 2730 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2731 */ 2732 void 2733 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2734 { 2735 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2736 int deep = 2; 2737 2738 if (eap->forceit) 2739 deep = -1; 2740 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2741 { 2742 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2743 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2744 } 2745 2746 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2747 } 2748 2749 /* 2750 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2751 */ 2752 static void 2753 ex_unletlock( 2754 exarg_T *eap, 2755 char_u *argstart, 2756 int deep) 2757 { 2758 char_u *arg = argstart; 2759 char_u *name_end; 2760 int error = FALSE; 2761 lval_T lv; 2762 2763 do 2764 { 2765 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2766 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2767 FNE_CHECK_START); 2768 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2769 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2770 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2771 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2772 { 2773 if (name_end != NULL) 2774 { 2775 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2776 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2777 } 2778 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2779 clear_lval(&lv); 2780 break; 2781 } 2782 2783 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2784 { 2785 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2786 { 2787 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2788 error = TRUE; 2789 } 2790 else 2791 { 2792 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2793 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2794 error = TRUE; 2795 } 2796 } 2797 2798 if (!eap->skip) 2799 clear_lval(&lv); 2800 2801 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2802 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2803 2804 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2805 } 2806 2807 static int 2808 do_unlet_var( 2809 lval_T *lp, 2810 char_u *name_end, 2811 int forceit) 2812 { 2813 int ret = OK; 2814 int cc; 2815 2816 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2817 { 2818 cc = *name_end; 2819 *name_end = NUL; 2820 2821 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2822 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2823 ret = FAIL; 2824 *name_end = cc; 2825 } 2826 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2827 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2828 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2829 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2830 return FAIL; 2831 else if (lp->ll_range) 2832 { 2833 listitem_T *li; 2834 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2835 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2836 2837 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2838 { 2839 li = ll_li->li_next; 2840 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2841 return FAIL; 2842 ll_li = li; 2843 ++ll_n1; 2844 } 2845 2846 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2847 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2848 { 2849 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2850 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2851 lp->ll_li = li; 2852 ++lp->ll_n1; 2853 } 2854 } 2855 else 2856 { 2857 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2858 /* unlet a List item. */ 2859 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2860 else 2861 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2862 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2863 } 2864 2865 return ret; 2866 } 2867 2868 /* 2869 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2870 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2871 */ 2872 int 2873 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2874 { 2875 hashtab_T *ht; 2876 hashitem_T *hi; 2877 char_u *varname; 2878 dict_T *d; 2879 dictitem_T *di; 2880 2881 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2882 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2883 { 2884 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2885 if (d == NULL) 2886 { 2887 if (ht == &globvarht) 2888 d = &globvardict; 2889 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2890 d = &vimvardict; 2891 else 2892 { 2893 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2894 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2895 } 2896 if (d == NULL) 2897 { 2898 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2899 return FAIL; 2900 } 2901 } 2902 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2903 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2904 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2905 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2906 { 2907 di = HI2DI(hi); 2908 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2909 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2910 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2911 return FAIL; 2912 2913 delete_var(ht, hi); 2914 return OK; 2915 } 2916 } 2917 if (forceit) 2918 return OK; 2919 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2920 return FAIL; 2921 } 2922 2923 /* 2924 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2925 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2926 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2927 */ 2928 static int 2929 do_lock_var( 2930 lval_T *lp, 2931 char_u *name_end, 2932 int deep, 2933 int lock) 2934 { 2935 int ret = OK; 2936 int cc; 2937 dictitem_T *di; 2938 2939 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2940 return OK; 2941 2942 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2943 { 2944 cc = *name_end; 2945 *name_end = NUL; 2946 2947 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2948 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2949 if (di == NULL) 2950 ret = FAIL; 2951 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2952 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2953 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2954 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2955 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2956 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2957 else 2958 { 2959 if (lock) 2960 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2961 else 2962 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2963 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2964 } 2965 *name_end = cc; 2966 } 2967 else if (lp->ll_range) 2968 { 2969 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2970 2971 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2972 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2973 { 2974 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2975 li = li->li_next; 2976 ++lp->ll_n1; 2977 } 2978 } 2979 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2980 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2981 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2982 else 2983 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2984 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2985 2986 return ret; 2987 } 2988 2989 /* 2990 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2991 */ 2992 static void 2993 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2994 { 2995 static int recurse = 0; 2996 list_T *l; 2997 listitem_T *li; 2998 dict_T *d; 2999 hashitem_T *hi; 3000 int todo; 3001 3002 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 3003 { 3004 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 3005 return; 3006 } 3007 if (deep == 0) 3008 return; 3009 ++recurse; 3010 3011 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 3012 if (lock) 3013 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3014 else 3015 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3016 3017 switch (tv->v_type) 3018 { 3019 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 3020 case VAR_NUMBER: 3021 case VAR_STRING: 3022 case VAR_FUNC: 3023 case VAR_PARTIAL: 3024 case VAR_FLOAT: 3025 case VAR_SPECIAL: 3026 case VAR_JOB: 3027 case VAR_CHANNEL: 3028 break; 3029 3030 case VAR_LIST: 3031 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3032 { 3033 if (lock) 3034 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3035 else 3036 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3037 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3038 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3039 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3040 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3041 } 3042 break; 3043 case VAR_DICT: 3044 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3045 { 3046 if (lock) 3047 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3048 else 3049 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3050 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3051 { 3052 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3053 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3054 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3055 { 3056 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3057 { 3058 --todo; 3059 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3060 } 3061 } 3062 } 3063 } 3064 } 3065 --recurse; 3066 } 3067 3068 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3069 /* 3070 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3071 */ 3072 void 3073 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3074 { 3075 hashitem_T *hi; 3076 int todo; 3077 3078 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3079 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3080 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3081 { 3082 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3083 { 3084 --todo; 3085 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3086 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3087 } 3088 } 3089 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3090 } 3091 #endif 3092 3093 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3094 3095 /* 3096 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3097 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3098 * get_user_var_name(). 3099 */ 3100 3101 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3102 3103 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3104 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3105 3106 /* 3107 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3108 */ 3109 static char_u * 3110 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3111 { 3112 int len; 3113 3114 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3115 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3116 { 3117 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3118 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3119 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3120 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3121 { 3122 varnamebuflen = 0; 3123 return NULL; 3124 } 3125 varnamebuflen = len; 3126 } 3127 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3128 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3129 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3130 return varnamebuf; 3131 } 3132 3133 /* 3134 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3135 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3136 */ 3137 char_u * 3138 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3139 { 3140 static long_u gdone; 3141 static long_u bdone; 3142 static long_u wdone; 3143 static long_u tdone; 3144 static int vidx; 3145 static hashitem_T *hi; 3146 hashtab_T *ht; 3147 3148 if (idx == 0) 3149 { 3150 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3151 tdone = 0; 3152 } 3153 3154 /* Global variables */ 3155 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3156 { 3157 if (gdone++ == 0) 3158 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3159 else 3160 ++hi; 3161 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3162 ++hi; 3163 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3164 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3165 return hi->hi_key; 3166 } 3167 3168 /* b: variables */ 3169 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3170 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3171 { 3172 if (bdone++ == 0) 3173 hi = ht->ht_array; 3174 else 3175 ++hi; 3176 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3177 ++hi; 3178 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3179 } 3180 3181 /* w: variables */ 3182 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3183 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3184 { 3185 if (wdone++ == 0) 3186 hi = ht->ht_array; 3187 else 3188 ++hi; 3189 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3190 ++hi; 3191 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3192 } 3193 3194 /* t: variables */ 3195 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3196 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3197 { 3198 if (tdone++ == 0) 3199 hi = ht->ht_array; 3200 else 3201 ++hi; 3202 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3203 ++hi; 3204 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3205 } 3206 3207 /* v: variables */ 3208 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3209 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3210 3211 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3212 varnamebuf = NULL; 3213 varnamebuflen = 0; 3214 return NULL; 3215 } 3216 3217 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3218 3219 /* 3220 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3221 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3222 */ 3223 static int 3224 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3225 { 3226 int matches = FALSE; 3227 char_u *save_cpo; 3228 regmatch_T regmatch; 3229 3230 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3231 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3232 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3233 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3234 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3235 { 3236 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3237 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3238 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3239 } 3240 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3241 return matches; 3242 } 3243 3244 /* 3245 * types for expressions. 3246 */ 3247 typedef enum 3248 { 3249 TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0 3250 , TYPE_EQUAL /* == */ 3251 , TYPE_NEQUAL /* != */ 3252 , TYPE_GREATER /* > */ 3253 , TYPE_GEQUAL /* >= */ 3254 , TYPE_SMALLER /* < */ 3255 , TYPE_SEQUAL /* <= */ 3256 , TYPE_MATCH /* =~ */ 3257 , TYPE_NOMATCH /* !~ */ 3258 } exptype_T; 3259 3260 /* 3261 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3262 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3263 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3264 */ 3265 3266 /* 3267 * Handle zero level expression. 3268 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3269 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3270 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3271 * Return OK or FAIL. 3272 */ 3273 int 3274 eval0( 3275 char_u *arg, 3276 typval_T *rettv, 3277 char_u **nextcmd, 3278 int evaluate) 3279 { 3280 int ret; 3281 char_u *p; 3282 3283 p = skipwhite(arg); 3284 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3285 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3286 { 3287 if (ret != FAIL) 3288 clear_tv(rettv); 3289 /* 3290 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3291 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3292 * exception. 3293 */ 3294 if (!aborting()) 3295 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3296 ret = FAIL; 3297 } 3298 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3299 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3300 3301 return ret; 3302 } 3303 3304 /* 3305 * Handle top level expression: 3306 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3307 * 3308 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3309 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3310 * 3311 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3312 * 3313 * Return OK or FAIL. 3314 */ 3315 int 3316 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3317 { 3318 int result; 3319 typval_T var2; 3320 3321 /* 3322 * Get the first variable. 3323 */ 3324 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3325 return FAIL; 3326 3327 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3328 { 3329 result = FALSE; 3330 if (evaluate) 3331 { 3332 int error = FALSE; 3333 3334 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3335 result = TRUE; 3336 clear_tv(rettv); 3337 if (error) 3338 return FAIL; 3339 } 3340 3341 /* 3342 * Get the second variable. 3343 */ 3344 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3345 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3346 return FAIL; 3347 3348 /* 3349 * Check for the ":". 3350 */ 3351 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3352 { 3353 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3354 if (evaluate && result) 3355 clear_tv(rettv); 3356 return FAIL; 3357 } 3358 3359 /* 3360 * Get the third variable. 3361 */ 3362 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3363 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3364 { 3365 if (evaluate && result) 3366 clear_tv(rettv); 3367 return FAIL; 3368 } 3369 if (evaluate && !result) 3370 *rettv = var2; 3371 } 3372 3373 return OK; 3374 } 3375 3376 /* 3377 * Handle first level expression: 3378 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3379 * 3380 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3381 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3382 * 3383 * Return OK or FAIL. 3384 */ 3385 static int 3386 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3387 { 3388 typval_T var2; 3389 long result; 3390 int first; 3391 int error = FALSE; 3392 3393 /* 3394 * Get the first variable. 3395 */ 3396 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3397 return FAIL; 3398 3399 /* 3400 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3401 */ 3402 first = TRUE; 3403 result = FALSE; 3404 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3405 { 3406 if (evaluate && first) 3407 { 3408 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3409 result = TRUE; 3410 clear_tv(rettv); 3411 if (error) 3412 return FAIL; 3413 first = FALSE; 3414 } 3415 3416 /* 3417 * Get the second variable. 3418 */ 3419 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3420 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3421 return FAIL; 3422 3423 /* 3424 * Compute the result. 3425 */ 3426 if (evaluate && !result) 3427 { 3428 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3429 result = TRUE; 3430 clear_tv(&var2); 3431 if (error) 3432 return FAIL; 3433 } 3434 if (evaluate) 3435 { 3436 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3437 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3438 } 3439 } 3440 3441 return OK; 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 * Handle second level expression: 3446 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3447 * 3448 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3449 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3450 * 3451 * Return OK or FAIL. 3452 */ 3453 static int 3454 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3455 { 3456 typval_T var2; 3457 long result; 3458 int first; 3459 int error = FALSE; 3460 3461 /* 3462 * Get the first variable. 3463 */ 3464 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3465 return FAIL; 3466 3467 /* 3468 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3469 */ 3470 first = TRUE; 3471 result = TRUE; 3472 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3473 { 3474 if (evaluate && first) 3475 { 3476 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3477 result = FALSE; 3478 clear_tv(rettv); 3479 if (error) 3480 return FAIL; 3481 first = FALSE; 3482 } 3483 3484 /* 3485 * Get the second variable. 3486 */ 3487 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3488 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3489 return FAIL; 3490 3491 /* 3492 * Compute the result. 3493 */ 3494 if (evaluate && result) 3495 { 3496 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3497 result = FALSE; 3498 clear_tv(&var2); 3499 if (error) 3500 return FAIL; 3501 } 3502 if (evaluate) 3503 { 3504 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3505 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3506 } 3507 } 3508 3509 return OK; 3510 } 3511 3512 /* 3513 * Handle third level expression: 3514 * var1 == var2 3515 * var1 =~ var2 3516 * var1 != var2 3517 * var1 !~ var2 3518 * var1 > var2 3519 * var1 >= var2 3520 * var1 < var2 3521 * var1 <= var2 3522 * var1 is var2 3523 * var1 isnot var2 3524 * 3525 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3526 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3527 * 3528 * Return OK or FAIL. 3529 */ 3530 static int 3531 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3532 { 3533 typval_T var2; 3534 char_u *p; 3535 int i; 3536 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3537 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3538 int len = 2; 3539 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3540 char_u *s1, *s2; 3541 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3542 int ic; 3543 3544 /* 3545 * Get the first variable. 3546 */ 3547 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3548 return FAIL; 3549 3550 p = *arg; 3551 switch (p[0]) 3552 { 3553 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3554 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3555 else if (p[1] == '~') 3556 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3557 break; 3558 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3559 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3560 else if (p[1] == '~') 3561 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3562 break; 3563 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3564 { 3565 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3566 len = 1; 3567 } 3568 else 3569 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3570 break; 3571 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3572 { 3573 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3574 len = 1; 3575 } 3576 else 3577 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3578 break; 3579 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3580 { 3581 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3582 len = 5; 3583 i = p[len]; 3584 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3585 { 3586 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3587 type_is = TRUE; 3588 } 3589 } 3590 break; 3591 } 3592 3593 /* 3594 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3595 */ 3596 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3597 { 3598 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3599 if (p[len] == '?') 3600 { 3601 ic = TRUE; 3602 ++len; 3603 } 3604 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3605 else if (p[len] == '#') 3606 { 3607 ic = FALSE; 3608 ++len; 3609 } 3610 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3611 else 3612 ic = p_ic; 3613 3614 /* 3615 * Get the second variable. 3616 */ 3617 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3618 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3619 { 3620 clear_tv(rettv); 3621 return FAIL; 3622 } 3623 3624 if (evaluate) 3625 { 3626 if (type_is && rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3627 { 3628 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 3629 * it means TRUE. */ 3630 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 3631 } 3632 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST || var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3633 { 3634 if (type_is) 3635 { 3636 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3637 && rettv->vval.v_list == var2.vval.v_list); 3638 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3639 n1 = !n1; 3640 } 3641 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3642 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3643 { 3644 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3645 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 3646 else 3647 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 3648 clear_tv(rettv); 3649 clear_tv(&var2); 3650 return FAIL; 3651 } 3652 else 3653 { 3654 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 3655 n1 = list_equal(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3656 ic, FALSE); 3657 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3658 n1 = !n1; 3659 } 3660 } 3661 3662 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT || var2.v_type == VAR_DICT) 3663 { 3664 if (type_is) 3665 { 3666 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3667 && rettv->vval.v_dict == var2.vval.v_dict); 3668 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3669 n1 = !n1; 3670 } 3671 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3672 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3673 { 3674 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3675 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 3676 else 3677 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 3678 clear_tv(rettv); 3679 clear_tv(&var2); 3680 return FAIL; 3681 } 3682 else 3683 { 3684 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 3685 n1 = dict_equal(rettv->vval.v_dict, var2.vval.v_dict, 3686 ic, FALSE); 3687 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3688 n1 = !n1; 3689 } 3690 } 3691 3692 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC 3693 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3694 { 3695 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 3696 { 3697 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 3698 clear_tv(rettv); 3699 clear_tv(&var2); 3700 return FAIL; 3701 } 3702 if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3703 && rettv->vval.v_partial == NULL) 3704 || (var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3705 && var2.vval.v_partial == NULL)) 3706 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 3707 n1 = FALSE; 3708 else if (type_is) 3709 { 3710 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC && var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC) 3711 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 3712 * the same */ 3713 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3714 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3715 && var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3716 n1 = (rettv->vval.v_partial == var2.vval.v_partial); 3717 else 3718 n1 = FALSE; 3719 } 3720 else 3721 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3722 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3723 n1 = !n1; 3724 } 3725 3726 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3727 /* 3728 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 3729 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3730 */ 3731 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3732 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3733 { 3734 float_T f1, f2; 3735 3736 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3737 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3738 else 3739 f1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3740 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3741 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3742 else 3743 f2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3744 n1 = FALSE; 3745 switch (type) 3746 { 3747 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 3748 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 3749 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 3750 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 3751 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 3752 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 3753 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3754 case TYPE_MATCH: 3755 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3756 } 3757 } 3758 #endif 3759 3760 /* 3761 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 3762 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3763 */ 3764 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || var2.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 3765 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3766 { 3767 n1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3768 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3769 switch (type) 3770 { 3771 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 3772 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 3773 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 3774 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 3775 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 3776 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 3777 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3778 case TYPE_MATCH: 3779 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3780 } 3781 } 3782 else 3783 { 3784 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); 3785 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(&var2, buf2); 3786 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3787 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 3788 else 3789 i = 0; 3790 n1 = FALSE; 3791 switch (type) 3792 { 3793 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 3794 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 3795 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 3796 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 3797 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 3798 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 3799 3800 case TYPE_MATCH: 3801 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 3802 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 3803 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 3804 n1 = !n1; 3805 break; 3806 3807 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3808 } 3809 } 3810 clear_tv(rettv); 3811 clear_tv(&var2); 3812 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3813 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3814 } 3815 } 3816 3817 return OK; 3818 } 3819 3820 /* 3821 * Handle fourth level expression: 3822 * + number addition 3823 * - number subtraction 3824 * . string concatenation 3825 * 3826 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3827 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3828 * 3829 * Return OK or FAIL. 3830 */ 3831 static int 3832 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3833 { 3834 typval_T var2; 3835 typval_T var3; 3836 int op; 3837 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3838 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3839 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3840 #endif 3841 char_u *s1, *s2; 3842 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3843 char_u *p; 3844 3845 /* 3846 * Get the first variable. 3847 */ 3848 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3849 return FAIL; 3850 3851 /* 3852 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3853 */ 3854 for (;;) 3855 { 3856 op = **arg; 3857 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3858 break; 3859 3860 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3861 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3862 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3863 #endif 3864 ) 3865 { 3866 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3867 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3868 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3869 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3870 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3871 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3872 * side effects after an error. */ 3873 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3874 { 3875 clear_tv(rettv); 3876 return FAIL; 3877 } 3878 } 3879 3880 /* 3881 * Get the second variable. 3882 */ 3883 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3884 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3885 { 3886 clear_tv(rettv); 3887 return FAIL; 3888 } 3889 3890 if (evaluate) 3891 { 3892 /* 3893 * Compute the result. 3894 */ 3895 if (op == '.') 3896 { 3897 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3898 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3899 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3900 { 3901 clear_tv(rettv); 3902 clear_tv(&var2); 3903 return FAIL; 3904 } 3905 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3906 clear_tv(rettv); 3907 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3908 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3909 } 3910 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3911 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3912 { 3913 /* concatenate Lists */ 3914 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3915 &var3) == FAIL) 3916 { 3917 clear_tv(rettv); 3918 clear_tv(&var2); 3919 return FAIL; 3920 } 3921 clear_tv(rettv); 3922 *rettv = var3; 3923 } 3924 else 3925 { 3926 int error = FALSE; 3927 3928 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3929 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3930 { 3931 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3932 n1 = 0; 3933 } 3934 else 3935 #endif 3936 { 3937 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3938 if (error) 3939 { 3940 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3941 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3942 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3943 clear_tv(rettv); 3944 return FAIL; 3945 } 3946 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3947 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3948 f1 = n1; 3949 #endif 3950 } 3951 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3952 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3953 { 3954 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3955 n2 = 0; 3956 } 3957 else 3958 #endif 3959 { 3960 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3961 if (error) 3962 { 3963 clear_tv(rettv); 3964 clear_tv(&var2); 3965 return FAIL; 3966 } 3967 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3968 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3969 f2 = n2; 3970 #endif 3971 } 3972 clear_tv(rettv); 3973 3974 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3975 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3976 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3977 { 3978 if (op == '+') 3979 f1 = f1 + f2; 3980 else 3981 f1 = f1 - f2; 3982 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3983 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3984 } 3985 else 3986 #endif 3987 { 3988 if (op == '+') 3989 n1 = n1 + n2; 3990 else 3991 n1 = n1 - n2; 3992 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3993 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3994 } 3995 } 3996 clear_tv(&var2); 3997 } 3998 } 3999 return OK; 4000 } 4001 4002 /* 4003 * Handle fifth level expression: 4004 * * number multiplication 4005 * / number division 4006 * % number modulo 4007 * 4008 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4009 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4010 * 4011 * Return OK or FAIL. 4012 */ 4013 static int 4014 eval6( 4015 char_u **arg, 4016 typval_T *rettv, 4017 int evaluate, 4018 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 4019 { 4020 typval_T var2; 4021 int op; 4022 varnumber_T n1, n2; 4023 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4024 int use_float = FALSE; 4025 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 4026 #endif 4027 int error = FALSE; 4028 4029 /* 4030 * Get the first variable. 4031 */ 4032 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 4033 return FAIL; 4034 4035 /* 4036 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 4037 */ 4038 for (;;) 4039 { 4040 op = **arg; 4041 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 4042 break; 4043 4044 if (evaluate) 4045 { 4046 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4047 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4048 { 4049 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 4050 use_float = TRUE; 4051 n1 = 0; 4052 } 4053 else 4054 #endif 4055 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4056 clear_tv(rettv); 4057 if (error) 4058 return FAIL; 4059 } 4060 else 4061 n1 = 0; 4062 4063 /* 4064 * Get the second variable. 4065 */ 4066 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4067 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 4068 return FAIL; 4069 4070 if (evaluate) 4071 { 4072 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4073 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4074 { 4075 if (!use_float) 4076 { 4077 f1 = n1; 4078 use_float = TRUE; 4079 } 4080 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 4081 n2 = 0; 4082 } 4083 else 4084 #endif 4085 { 4086 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 4087 clear_tv(&var2); 4088 if (error) 4089 return FAIL; 4090 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4091 if (use_float) 4092 f2 = n2; 4093 #endif 4094 } 4095 4096 /* 4097 * Compute the result. 4098 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 4099 */ 4100 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4101 if (use_float) 4102 { 4103 if (op == '*') 4104 f1 = f1 * f2; 4105 else if (op == '/') 4106 { 4107 # ifdef VMS 4108 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 4109 if (f2 == 0.0) 4110 { 4111 if (f1 == 0) 4112 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4113 else if (f1 < 0) 4114 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 4115 else 4116 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 4117 } 4118 else 4119 f1 = f1 / f2; 4120 # else 4121 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 4122 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 4123 f1 = f1 / f2; 4124 # endif 4125 } 4126 else 4127 { 4128 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 4129 return FAIL; 4130 } 4131 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4132 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 4133 } 4134 else 4135 #endif 4136 { 4137 if (op == '*') 4138 n1 = n1 * n2; 4139 else if (op == '/') 4140 { 4141 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4142 { 4143 if (n1 == 0) 4144 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 4145 else if (n1 < 0) 4146 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 4147 else 4148 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 4149 } 4150 else 4151 n1 = n1 / n2; 4152 } 4153 else 4154 { 4155 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4156 n1 = 0; 4157 else 4158 n1 = n1 % n2; 4159 } 4160 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4161 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 4162 } 4163 } 4164 } 4165 4166 return OK; 4167 } 4168 4169 /* 4170 * Handle sixth level expression: 4171 * number number constant 4172 * "string" string constant 4173 * 'string' literal string constant 4174 * &option-name option value 4175 * @r register contents 4176 * identifier variable value 4177 * function() function call 4178 * $VAR environment variable 4179 * (expression) nested expression 4180 * [expr, expr] List 4181 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 4182 * 4183 * Also handle: 4184 * ! in front logical NOT 4185 * - in front unary minus 4186 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 4187 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 4188 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 4189 * 4190 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4191 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4192 * 4193 * Return OK or FAIL. 4194 */ 4195 static int 4196 eval7( 4197 char_u **arg, 4198 typval_T *rettv, 4199 int evaluate, 4200 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4201 { 4202 varnumber_T n; 4203 int len; 4204 char_u *s; 4205 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4206 int ret = OK; 4207 char_u *alias; 4208 4209 /* 4210 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4211 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4212 */ 4213 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4214 4215 /* 4216 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4217 */ 4218 start_leader = *arg; 4219 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4220 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4221 end_leader = *arg; 4222 4223 switch (**arg) 4224 { 4225 /* 4226 * Number constant. 4227 */ 4228 case '0': 4229 case '1': 4230 case '2': 4231 case '3': 4232 case '4': 4233 case '5': 4234 case '6': 4235 case '7': 4236 case '8': 4237 case '9': 4238 { 4239 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4240 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4241 int get_float = FALSE; 4242 4243 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4244 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4245 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4246 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4247 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4248 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4249 { 4250 get_float = TRUE; 4251 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4252 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4253 { 4254 ++p; 4255 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4256 ++p; 4257 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4258 get_float = FALSE; 4259 else 4260 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4261 } 4262 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4263 get_float = FALSE; 4264 } 4265 if (get_float) 4266 { 4267 float_T f; 4268 4269 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4270 if (evaluate) 4271 { 4272 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4273 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4274 } 4275 } 4276 else 4277 #endif 4278 { 4279 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4280 *arg += len; 4281 if (evaluate) 4282 { 4283 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4284 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4285 } 4286 } 4287 break; 4288 } 4289 4290 /* 4291 * String constant: "string". 4292 */ 4293 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4294 break; 4295 4296 /* 4297 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4298 */ 4299 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4300 break; 4301 4302 /* 4303 * List: [expr, expr] 4304 */ 4305 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4306 break; 4307 4308 /* 4309 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4310 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4311 */ 4312 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4313 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4314 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4315 break; 4316 4317 /* 4318 * Option value: &name 4319 */ 4320 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4321 break; 4322 4323 /* 4324 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4325 */ 4326 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4327 break; 4328 4329 /* 4330 * Register contents: @r. 4331 */ 4332 case '@': ++*arg; 4333 if (evaluate) 4334 { 4335 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4336 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4337 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4338 } 4339 if (**arg != NUL) 4340 ++*arg; 4341 break; 4342 4343 /* 4344 * nested expression: (expression). 4345 */ 4346 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4347 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4348 if (**arg == ')') 4349 ++*arg; 4350 else if (ret == OK) 4351 { 4352 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4353 clear_tv(rettv); 4354 ret = FAIL; 4355 } 4356 break; 4357 4358 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4359 break; 4360 } 4361 4362 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4363 { 4364 /* 4365 * Must be a variable or function name. 4366 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4367 */ 4368 s = *arg; 4369 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4370 if (alias != NULL) 4371 s = alias; 4372 4373 if (len <= 0) 4374 ret = FAIL; 4375 else 4376 { 4377 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4378 { 4379 partial_T *partial; 4380 4381 if (!evaluate) 4382 check_vars(s, len); 4383 4384 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4385 * use its contents. */ 4386 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4387 4388 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4389 * the name invalid. */ 4390 s = vim_strsave(s); 4391 if (s == NULL) 4392 ret = FAIL; 4393 else 4394 /* Invoke the function. */ 4395 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4396 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4397 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4398 vim_free(s); 4399 4400 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4401 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4402 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4403 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4404 { 4405 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4406 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4407 } 4408 4409 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4410 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4411 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4412 if (aborting()) 4413 { 4414 if (ret == OK) 4415 clear_tv(rettv); 4416 ret = FAIL; 4417 } 4418 } 4419 else if (evaluate) 4420 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4421 else 4422 { 4423 check_vars(s, len); 4424 ret = OK; 4425 } 4426 } 4427 vim_free(alias); 4428 } 4429 4430 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4431 4432 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4433 * expr(expr). */ 4434 if (ret == OK) 4435 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4436 4437 /* 4438 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4439 */ 4440 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4441 { 4442 int error = FALSE; 4443 varnumber_T val = 0; 4444 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4445 float_T f = 0.0; 4446 4447 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4448 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4449 else 4450 #endif 4451 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4452 if (error) 4453 { 4454 clear_tv(rettv); 4455 ret = FAIL; 4456 } 4457 else 4458 { 4459 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4460 { 4461 --end_leader; 4462 if (*end_leader == '!') 4463 { 4464 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4465 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4466 f = !f; 4467 else 4468 #endif 4469 val = !val; 4470 } 4471 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4472 { 4473 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4474 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4475 f = -f; 4476 else 4477 #endif 4478 val = -val; 4479 } 4480 } 4481 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4482 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4483 { 4484 clear_tv(rettv); 4485 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4486 } 4487 else 4488 #endif 4489 { 4490 clear_tv(rettv); 4491 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4492 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4493 } 4494 } 4495 } 4496 4497 return ret; 4498 } 4499 4500 /* 4501 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4502 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4503 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4504 */ 4505 static int 4506 eval_index( 4507 char_u **arg, 4508 typval_T *rettv, 4509 int evaluate, 4510 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4511 { 4512 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4513 typval_T var1, var2; 4514 long n1, n2 = 0; 4515 long len = -1; 4516 int range = FALSE; 4517 char_u *s; 4518 char_u *key = NULL; 4519 4520 switch (rettv->v_type) 4521 { 4522 case VAR_FUNC: 4523 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4524 if (verbose) 4525 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4526 return FAIL; 4527 case VAR_FLOAT: 4528 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4529 if (verbose) 4530 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4531 return FAIL; 4532 #endif 4533 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4534 case VAR_JOB: 4535 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4536 if (verbose) 4537 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4538 return FAIL; 4539 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4540 if (evaluate) 4541 return FAIL; 4542 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4543 4544 case VAR_STRING: 4545 case VAR_NUMBER: 4546 case VAR_LIST: 4547 case VAR_DICT: 4548 break; 4549 } 4550 4551 init_tv(&var1); 4552 init_tv(&var2); 4553 if (**arg == '.') 4554 { 4555 /* 4556 * dict.name 4557 */ 4558 key = *arg + 1; 4559 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4560 ; 4561 if (len == 0) 4562 return FAIL; 4563 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4564 } 4565 else 4566 { 4567 /* 4568 * something[idx] 4569 * 4570 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4571 */ 4572 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4573 if (**arg == ':') 4574 empty1 = TRUE; 4575 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4576 return FAIL; 4577 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4578 { 4579 /* not a number or string */ 4580 clear_tv(&var1); 4581 return FAIL; 4582 } 4583 4584 /* 4585 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4586 */ 4587 if (**arg == ':') 4588 { 4589 range = TRUE; 4590 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4591 if (**arg == ']') 4592 empty2 = TRUE; 4593 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4594 { 4595 if (!empty1) 4596 clear_tv(&var1); 4597 return FAIL; 4598 } 4599 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4600 { 4601 /* not a number or string */ 4602 if (!empty1) 4603 clear_tv(&var1); 4604 clear_tv(&var2); 4605 return FAIL; 4606 } 4607 } 4608 4609 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4610 if (**arg != ']') 4611 { 4612 if (verbose) 4613 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4614 clear_tv(&var1); 4615 if (range) 4616 clear_tv(&var2); 4617 return FAIL; 4618 } 4619 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4620 } 4621 4622 if (evaluate) 4623 { 4624 n1 = 0; 4625 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4626 { 4627 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4628 clear_tv(&var1); 4629 } 4630 if (range) 4631 { 4632 if (empty2) 4633 n2 = -1; 4634 else 4635 { 4636 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4637 clear_tv(&var2); 4638 } 4639 } 4640 4641 switch (rettv->v_type) 4642 { 4643 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4644 case VAR_FUNC: 4645 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4646 case VAR_FLOAT: 4647 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4648 case VAR_JOB: 4649 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4650 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4651 4652 case VAR_NUMBER: 4653 case VAR_STRING: 4654 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4655 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4656 if (range) 4657 { 4658 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4659 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4660 if (n1 < 0) 4661 { 4662 n1 = len + n1; 4663 if (n1 < 0) 4664 n1 = 0; 4665 } 4666 if (n2 < 0) 4667 n2 = len + n2; 4668 else if (n2 >= len) 4669 n2 = len; 4670 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4671 s = NULL; 4672 else 4673 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4674 } 4675 else 4676 { 4677 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4678 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4679 * result is empty. */ 4680 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4681 s = NULL; 4682 else 4683 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4684 } 4685 clear_tv(rettv); 4686 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4687 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4688 break; 4689 4690 case VAR_LIST: 4691 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4692 if (n1 < 0) 4693 n1 = len + n1; 4694 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4695 { 4696 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4697 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4698 if (!range) 4699 { 4700 if (verbose) 4701 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4702 return FAIL; 4703 } 4704 n1 = len; 4705 } 4706 if (range) 4707 { 4708 list_T *l; 4709 listitem_T *item; 4710 4711 if (n2 < 0) 4712 n2 = len + n2; 4713 else if (n2 >= len) 4714 n2 = len - 1; 4715 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4716 n2 = -1; 4717 l = list_alloc(); 4718 if (l == NULL) 4719 return FAIL; 4720 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4721 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4722 { 4723 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4724 { 4725 list_free(l); 4726 return FAIL; 4727 } 4728 item = item->li_next; 4729 } 4730 clear_tv(rettv); 4731 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4732 } 4733 else 4734 { 4735 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4736 clear_tv(rettv); 4737 *rettv = var1; 4738 } 4739 break; 4740 4741 case VAR_DICT: 4742 if (range) 4743 { 4744 if (verbose) 4745 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4746 if (len == -1) 4747 clear_tv(&var1); 4748 return FAIL; 4749 } 4750 { 4751 dictitem_T *item; 4752 4753 if (len == -1) 4754 { 4755 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4756 if (key == NULL) 4757 { 4758 clear_tv(&var1); 4759 return FAIL; 4760 } 4761 } 4762 4763 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4764 4765 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4766 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4767 if (len == -1) 4768 clear_tv(&var1); 4769 if (item == NULL) 4770 return FAIL; 4771 4772 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4773 clear_tv(rettv); 4774 *rettv = var1; 4775 } 4776 break; 4777 } 4778 } 4779 4780 return OK; 4781 } 4782 4783 /* 4784 * Get an option value. 4785 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4786 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4787 * Return OK or FAIL. 4788 */ 4789 int 4790 get_option_tv( 4791 char_u **arg, 4792 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4793 int evaluate) 4794 { 4795 char_u *option_end; 4796 long numval; 4797 char_u *stringval; 4798 int opt_type; 4799 int c; 4800 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4801 int ret = OK; 4802 int opt_flags; 4803 4804 /* 4805 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4806 */ 4807 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4808 if (option_end == NULL) 4809 { 4810 if (rettv != NULL) 4811 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4812 return FAIL; 4813 } 4814 4815 if (!evaluate) 4816 { 4817 *arg = option_end; 4818 return OK; 4819 } 4820 4821 c = *option_end; 4822 *option_end = NUL; 4823 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4824 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4825 4826 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4827 { 4828 if (rettv != NULL) 4829 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4830 ret = FAIL; 4831 } 4832 else if (rettv != NULL) 4833 { 4834 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4835 { 4836 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4837 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4838 } 4839 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4840 { 4841 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4842 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4843 } 4844 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4845 { 4846 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4847 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4848 } 4849 else /* string option */ 4850 { 4851 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4852 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4853 } 4854 } 4855 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4856 ret = FAIL; 4857 4858 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4859 *arg = option_end; 4860 4861 return ret; 4862 } 4863 4864 /* 4865 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4866 * Return OK or FAIL. 4867 */ 4868 static int 4869 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4870 { 4871 char_u *p; 4872 char_u *name; 4873 int extra = 0; 4874 4875 /* 4876 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4877 */ 4878 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4879 { 4880 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4881 { 4882 ++p; 4883 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4884 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4885 if (*p == '<') 4886 extra += 2; 4887 } 4888 } 4889 4890 if (*p != '"') 4891 { 4892 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4893 return FAIL; 4894 } 4895 4896 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4897 if (!evaluate) 4898 { 4899 *arg = p + 1; 4900 return OK; 4901 } 4902 4903 /* 4904 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4905 * characters. 4906 */ 4907 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4908 if (name == NULL) 4909 return FAIL; 4910 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4911 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4912 4913 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4914 { 4915 if (*p == '\\') 4916 { 4917 switch (*++p) 4918 { 4919 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4920 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4921 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4922 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4923 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4924 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4925 4926 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4927 case 'x': 4928 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4929 case 'U': 4930 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4931 { 4932 int n, nr; 4933 int c = toupper(*p); 4934 4935 if (c == 'X') 4936 n = 2; 4937 else if (*p == 'u') 4938 n = 4; 4939 else 4940 n = 8; 4941 nr = 0; 4942 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4943 { 4944 ++p; 4945 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4946 } 4947 ++p; 4948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4949 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4950 * 'encoding'. */ 4951 if (c != 'X') 4952 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4953 else 4954 #endif 4955 *name++ = nr; 4956 } 4957 break; 4958 4959 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4960 case '0': 4961 case '1': 4962 case '2': 4963 case '3': 4964 case '4': 4965 case '5': 4966 case '6': 4967 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4968 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4969 { 4970 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4971 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4972 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4973 } 4974 ++name; 4975 break; 4976 4977 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4978 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4979 if (extra != 0) 4980 { 4981 name += extra; 4982 break; 4983 } 4984 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4985 4986 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4987 break; 4988 } 4989 } 4990 else 4991 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4992 4993 } 4994 *name = NUL; 4995 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4996 ++p; 4997 *arg = p; 4998 4999 return OK; 5000 } 5001 5002 /* 5003 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 5004 * Return OK or FAIL. 5005 */ 5006 static int 5007 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5008 { 5009 char_u *p; 5010 char_u *str; 5011 int reduce = 0; 5012 5013 /* 5014 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 5015 */ 5016 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5017 { 5018 if (*p == '\'') 5019 { 5020 if (p[1] != '\'') 5021 break; 5022 ++reduce; 5023 ++p; 5024 } 5025 } 5026 5027 if (*p != '\'') 5028 { 5029 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 5030 return FAIL; 5031 } 5032 5033 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 5034 if (!evaluate) 5035 { 5036 *arg = p + 1; 5037 return OK; 5038 } 5039 5040 /* 5041 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 5042 */ 5043 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 5044 if (str == NULL) 5045 return FAIL; 5046 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5047 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 5048 5049 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 5050 { 5051 if (*p == '\'') 5052 { 5053 if (p[1] != '\'') 5054 break; 5055 ++p; 5056 } 5057 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 5058 } 5059 *str = NUL; 5060 *arg = p + 1; 5061 5062 return OK; 5063 } 5064 5065 /* 5066 * Return the function name of the partial. 5067 */ 5068 char_u * 5069 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 5070 { 5071 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5072 return pt->pt_name; 5073 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 5074 } 5075 5076 static void 5077 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 5078 { 5079 int i; 5080 5081 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5082 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 5083 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 5084 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 5085 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5086 { 5087 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 5088 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 5089 } 5090 else 5091 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 5092 vim_free(pt); 5093 } 5094 5095 /* 5096 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 5097 * becomes zero. 5098 */ 5099 void 5100 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 5101 { 5102 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 5103 partial_free(pt); 5104 } 5105 5106 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5107 5108 static int 5109 func_equal( 5110 typval_T *tv1, 5111 typval_T *tv2, 5112 int ic) /* ignore case */ 5113 { 5114 char_u *s1, *s2; 5115 dict_T *d1, *d2; 5116 int a1, a2; 5117 int i; 5118 5119 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 5120 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 5121 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 5122 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 5123 s1 = NULL; 5124 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 5125 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 5126 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 5127 s2 = NULL; 5128 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 5129 { 5130 if (s1 != s2) 5131 return FALSE; 5132 } 5133 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 5134 return FALSE; 5135 5136 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 5137 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5138 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5139 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 5140 { 5141 if (d1 != d2) 5142 return FALSE; 5143 } 5144 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 5145 return FALSE; 5146 5147 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 5148 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5149 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5150 if (a1 != a2) 5151 return FALSE; 5152 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 5153 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 5154 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 5155 return FALSE; 5156 5157 return TRUE; 5158 } 5159 5160 /* 5161 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 5162 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 5163 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 5164 */ 5165 int 5166 tv_equal( 5167 typval_T *tv1, 5168 typval_T *tv2, 5169 int ic, /* ignore case */ 5170 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 5171 { 5172 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 5173 char_u *s1, *s2; 5174 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 5175 int r; 5176 5177 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 5178 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 5179 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 5180 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 5181 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 5182 * recursiveness quickly. */ 5183 if (!recursive) 5184 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 5185 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 5186 { 5187 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5188 return TRUE; 5189 } 5190 5191 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 5192 * arguments. */ 5193 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5194 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5195 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5196 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5197 { 5198 ++recursive_cnt; 5199 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5200 --recursive_cnt; 5201 return r; 5202 } 5203 5204 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5205 return FALSE; 5206 5207 switch (tv1->v_type) 5208 { 5209 case VAR_LIST: 5210 ++recursive_cnt; 5211 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5212 --recursive_cnt; 5213 return r; 5214 5215 case VAR_DICT: 5216 ++recursive_cnt; 5217 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5218 --recursive_cnt; 5219 return r; 5220 5221 case VAR_NUMBER: 5222 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5223 5224 case VAR_STRING: 5225 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5226 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5227 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5228 5229 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5230 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5231 5232 case VAR_FLOAT: 5233 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5234 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5235 #endif 5236 case VAR_JOB: 5237 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5238 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5239 #endif 5240 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5241 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5242 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5243 #endif 5244 case VAR_FUNC: 5245 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5246 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5247 break; 5248 } 5249 5250 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5251 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5252 return FALSE; 5253 } 5254 5255 /* 5256 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5257 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5258 */ 5259 int 5260 get_copyID(void) 5261 { 5262 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5263 return current_copyID; 5264 } 5265 5266 /* 5267 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5268 * 5269 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5270 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5271 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5272 * reference. Example: 5273 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5274 * :let d = {9: l} 5275 * :let l[1] = d 5276 * 5277 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5278 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5279 * variable. 5280 * 5281 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5282 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5283 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5284 */ 5285 5286 /* 5287 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5288 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5289 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5290 */ 5291 int 5292 garbage_collect(int testing) 5293 { 5294 int copyID; 5295 int abort = FALSE; 5296 buf_T *buf; 5297 win_T *wp; 5298 int i; 5299 int did_free = FALSE; 5300 tabpage_T *tp; 5301 5302 if (!testing) 5303 { 5304 /* Only do this once. */ 5305 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5306 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5307 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5308 } 5309 5310 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5311 * previous_funccal. */ 5312 copyID = get_copyID(); 5313 5314 /* 5315 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5316 * with copyID. 5317 */ 5318 5319 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5320 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5321 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5322 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5323 5324 /* script-local variables */ 5325 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5326 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5327 5328 /* buffer-local variables */ 5329 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5330 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5331 NULL, NULL); 5332 5333 /* window-local variables */ 5334 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5335 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5336 NULL, NULL); 5337 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5338 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5339 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5340 NULL, NULL); 5341 #endif 5342 5343 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5344 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5345 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5346 NULL, NULL); 5347 /* global variables */ 5348 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5349 5350 /* function-local variables */ 5351 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5352 5353 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5354 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5355 5356 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5357 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5358 5359 /* v: vars */ 5360 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5361 5362 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5363 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5364 #endif 5365 5366 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5367 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5368 #endif 5369 5370 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5371 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5372 #endif 5373 5374 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5375 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5376 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5377 #endif 5378 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5379 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5380 #endif 5381 5382 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5383 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5384 #endif 5385 5386 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5387 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5388 #endif 5389 5390 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5391 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5392 #endif 5393 5394 if (!abort) 5395 { 5396 /* 5397 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5398 */ 5399 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5400 5401 /* 5402 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5403 * This may call us back recursively. 5404 */ 5405 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5406 } 5407 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5408 { 5409 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5410 } 5411 5412 return did_free; 5413 } 5414 5415 /* 5416 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5417 */ 5418 static int 5419 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5420 { 5421 int did_free = FALSE; 5422 5423 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5424 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5425 * do that here. */ 5426 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5427 5428 /* 5429 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5430 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5431 */ 5432 5433 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5434 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5435 5436 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5437 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5438 5439 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5440 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5441 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5442 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5443 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5444 5445 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5446 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5447 #endif 5448 5449 /* 5450 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5451 */ 5452 dict_free_items(copyID); 5453 list_free_items(copyID); 5454 5455 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5456 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5457 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5458 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5459 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5460 5461 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5462 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5463 #endif 5464 5465 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5466 5467 return did_free; 5468 } 5469 5470 /* 5471 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5472 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5473 * 5474 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5475 */ 5476 int 5477 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5478 { 5479 int todo; 5480 int abort = FALSE; 5481 hashitem_T *hi; 5482 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5483 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5484 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5485 5486 cur_ht = ht; 5487 for (;;) 5488 { 5489 if (!abort) 5490 { 5491 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5492 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5493 * list_stack. */ 5494 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5495 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5496 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5497 { 5498 --todo; 5499 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5500 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5501 } 5502 } 5503 5504 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5505 break; 5506 5507 /* take an item from the stack */ 5508 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5509 tempitem = ht_stack; 5510 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5511 free(tempitem); 5512 } 5513 5514 return abort; 5515 } 5516 5517 /* 5518 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5519 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5520 * 5521 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5522 */ 5523 int 5524 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5525 { 5526 listitem_T *li; 5527 int abort = FALSE; 5528 list_T *cur_l; 5529 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5530 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5531 5532 cur_l = l; 5533 for (;;) 5534 { 5535 if (!abort) 5536 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5537 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5538 * list_stack. */ 5539 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5540 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5541 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5542 if (list_stack == NULL) 5543 break; 5544 5545 /* take an item from the stack */ 5546 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5547 tempitem = list_stack; 5548 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5549 free(tempitem); 5550 } 5551 5552 return abort; 5553 } 5554 5555 /* 5556 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5557 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5558 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5559 * 5560 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5561 */ 5562 int 5563 set_ref_in_item( 5564 typval_T *tv, 5565 int copyID, 5566 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5567 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5568 { 5569 int abort = FALSE; 5570 5571 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5572 { 5573 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5574 5575 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5576 { 5577 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5578 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5579 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5580 { 5581 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5582 } 5583 else 5584 { 5585 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5586 if (newitem == NULL) 5587 abort = TRUE; 5588 else 5589 { 5590 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5591 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5592 *ht_stack = newitem; 5593 } 5594 } 5595 } 5596 } 5597 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5598 { 5599 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5600 5601 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5602 { 5603 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5604 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5605 if (list_stack == NULL) 5606 { 5607 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5608 } 5609 else 5610 { 5611 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5612 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5613 if (newitem == NULL) 5614 abort = TRUE; 5615 else 5616 { 5617 newitem->list = ll; 5618 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5619 *list_stack = newitem; 5620 } 5621 } 5622 } 5623 } 5624 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5625 { 5626 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5627 } 5628 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5629 { 5630 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5631 int i; 5632 5633 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5634 */ 5635 if (pt != NULL) 5636 { 5637 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5638 5639 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5640 { 5641 typval_T dtv; 5642 5643 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5644 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5645 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5646 } 5647 5648 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5649 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5650 ht_stack, list_stack); 5651 } 5652 } 5653 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5654 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5655 { 5656 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5657 typval_T dtv; 5658 5659 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5660 { 5661 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5662 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5663 { 5664 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5665 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5666 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5667 } 5668 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5669 { 5670 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5671 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5672 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 } 5676 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5677 { 5678 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5679 ch_part_T part; 5680 typval_T dtv; 5681 jsonq_T *jq; 5682 cbq_T *cq; 5683 5684 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5685 { 5686 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5687 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5688 { 5689 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5690 jq = jq->jq_next) 5691 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5692 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5693 cq = cq->cq_next) 5694 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5695 { 5696 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5697 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5698 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5699 } 5700 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5701 { 5702 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5703 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5704 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5705 } 5706 } 5707 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5708 { 5709 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5710 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5711 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5712 } 5713 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5714 { 5715 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5716 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5717 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5718 } 5719 } 5720 } 5721 #endif 5722 return abort; 5723 } 5724 5725 static char * 5726 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5727 { 5728 switch (nr) 5729 { 5730 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5731 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5732 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5733 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5734 } 5735 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5736 return "42"; 5737 } 5738 5739 /* 5740 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5741 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5742 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5743 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5744 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5745 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5746 * ":echo" displays values. 5747 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5748 * are replaced with "...". 5749 * May return NULL. 5750 */ 5751 char_u * 5752 echo_string_core( 5753 typval_T *tv, 5754 char_u **tofree, 5755 char_u *numbuf, 5756 int copyID, 5757 int echo_style, 5758 int restore_copyID, 5759 int composite_val) 5760 { 5761 static int recurse = 0; 5762 char_u *r = NULL; 5763 5764 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5765 { 5766 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5767 { 5768 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5769 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5770 * and dicts. */ 5771 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5772 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5773 } 5774 *tofree = NULL; 5775 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5776 } 5777 ++recurse; 5778 5779 switch (tv->v_type) 5780 { 5781 case VAR_STRING: 5782 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5783 { 5784 *tofree = NULL; 5785 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5786 if (r == NULL) 5787 r = (char_u *)""; 5788 } 5789 else 5790 { 5791 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5792 r = *tofree; 5793 } 5794 break; 5795 5796 case VAR_FUNC: 5797 if (echo_style) 5798 { 5799 *tofree = NULL; 5800 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5801 } 5802 else 5803 { 5804 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5805 r = *tofree; 5806 } 5807 break; 5808 5809 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5810 { 5811 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5812 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5813 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5814 garray_T ga; 5815 int i; 5816 char_u *tf; 5817 5818 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5819 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5820 if (fname != NULL) 5821 { 5822 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5823 vim_free(fname); 5824 } 5825 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5826 { 5827 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5828 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5829 { 5830 if (i > 0) 5831 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5832 ga_concat(&ga, 5833 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5834 vim_free(tf); 5835 } 5836 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5837 } 5838 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5839 { 5840 typval_T dtv; 5841 5842 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5843 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5844 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5845 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5846 vim_free(tf); 5847 } 5848 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5849 5850 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5851 r = *tofree; 5852 break; 5853 } 5854 5855 case VAR_LIST: 5856 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5857 { 5858 *tofree = NULL; 5859 r = NULL; 5860 } 5861 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5862 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5863 { 5864 *tofree = NULL; 5865 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5866 } 5867 else 5868 { 5869 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5870 5871 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5872 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5873 if (restore_copyID) 5874 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5875 r = *tofree; 5876 } 5877 break; 5878 5879 case VAR_DICT: 5880 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5881 { 5882 *tofree = NULL; 5883 r = NULL; 5884 } 5885 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5886 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5887 { 5888 *tofree = NULL; 5889 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5890 } 5891 else 5892 { 5893 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5894 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5895 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5896 if (restore_copyID) 5897 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5898 r = *tofree; 5899 } 5900 break; 5901 5902 case VAR_NUMBER: 5903 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5904 *tofree = NULL; 5905 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5906 break; 5907 5908 case VAR_JOB: 5909 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5910 *tofree = NULL; 5911 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5912 if (composite_val) 5913 { 5914 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5915 r = *tofree; 5916 } 5917 break; 5918 5919 case VAR_FLOAT: 5920 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5921 *tofree = NULL; 5922 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5923 r = numbuf; 5924 break; 5925 #endif 5926 5927 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5928 *tofree = NULL; 5929 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5930 break; 5931 } 5932 5933 if (--recurse == 0) 5934 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5935 return r; 5936 } 5937 5938 /* 5939 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5940 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5941 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5942 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5943 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5944 * May return NULL. 5945 */ 5946 char_u * 5947 echo_string( 5948 typval_T *tv, 5949 char_u **tofree, 5950 char_u *numbuf, 5951 int copyID) 5952 { 5953 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5954 } 5955 5956 /* 5957 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5958 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5959 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5960 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5961 * May return NULL. 5962 */ 5963 char_u * 5964 tv2string( 5965 typval_T *tv, 5966 char_u **tofree, 5967 char_u *numbuf, 5968 int copyID) 5969 { 5970 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5971 } 5972 5973 /* 5974 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5975 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5976 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5977 */ 5978 char_u * 5979 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5980 { 5981 unsigned len; 5982 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5983 5984 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5985 if (str != NULL) 5986 { 5987 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5988 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5989 if (*p == '\'') 5990 ++len; 5991 } 5992 s = r = alloc(len); 5993 if (r != NULL) 5994 { 5995 if (function) 5996 { 5997 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5998 r += 10; 5999 } 6000 else 6001 *r++ = '\''; 6002 if (str != NULL) 6003 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 6004 { 6005 if (*p == '\'') 6006 *r++ = '\''; 6007 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 6008 } 6009 *r++ = '\''; 6010 if (function) 6011 *r++ = ')'; 6012 *r++ = NUL; 6013 } 6014 return s; 6015 } 6016 6017 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 6018 /* 6019 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 6020 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 6021 * this always uses a decimal point. 6022 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 6023 */ 6024 int 6025 string2float( 6026 char_u *text, 6027 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 6028 { 6029 char *s = (char *)text; 6030 float_T f; 6031 6032 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 6033 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 6034 { 6035 *value = INFINITY; 6036 return 3; 6037 } 6038 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 6039 { 6040 *value = -INFINITY; 6041 return 4; 6042 } 6043 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 6044 { 6045 *value = NAN; 6046 return 3; 6047 } 6048 f = strtod(s, &s); 6049 *value = f; 6050 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 6051 } 6052 #endif 6053 6054 /* 6055 * Get the value of an environment variable. 6056 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 6057 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 6058 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 6059 */ 6060 static int 6061 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 6062 { 6063 char_u *string = NULL; 6064 int len; 6065 int cc; 6066 char_u *name; 6067 int mustfree = FALSE; 6068 6069 ++*arg; 6070 name = *arg; 6071 len = get_env_len(arg); 6072 if (evaluate) 6073 { 6074 if (len == 0) 6075 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 6076 6077 cc = name[len]; 6078 name[len] = NUL; 6079 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 6080 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 6081 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 6082 { 6083 if (!mustfree) 6084 string = vim_strsave(string); 6085 } 6086 else 6087 { 6088 if (mustfree) 6089 vim_free(string); 6090 6091 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 6092 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 6093 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 6094 { 6095 vim_free(string); 6096 string = NULL; 6097 } 6098 } 6099 name[len] = cc; 6100 6101 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6102 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 6103 } 6104 6105 return OK; 6106 } 6107 6108 6109 6110 /* 6111 * Translate a String variable into a position. 6112 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 6113 */ 6114 pos_T * 6115 var2fpos( 6116 typval_T *varp, 6117 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 6118 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 6119 { 6120 char_u *name; 6121 static pos_T pos; 6122 pos_T *pp; 6123 6124 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 6125 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 6126 { 6127 list_T *l; 6128 int len; 6129 int error = FALSE; 6130 listitem_T *li; 6131 6132 l = varp->vval.v_list; 6133 if (l == NULL) 6134 return NULL; 6135 6136 /* Get the line number */ 6137 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 6138 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6139 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 6140 6141 /* Get the column number */ 6142 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 6143 if (error) 6144 return NULL; 6145 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 6146 6147 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 6148 li = list_find(l, 1L); 6149 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 6150 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 6151 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 6152 pos.col = len + 1; 6153 6154 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 6155 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 6156 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 6157 --pos.col; 6158 6159 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6160 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 6161 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 6162 if (error) 6163 pos.coladd = 0; 6164 #endif 6165 6166 return &pos; 6167 } 6168 6169 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 6170 if (name == NULL) 6171 return NULL; 6172 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 6173 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6174 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 6175 { 6176 if (VIsual_active) 6177 return &VIsual; 6178 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6179 } 6180 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 6181 { 6182 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 6183 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 6184 return NULL; 6185 return pp; 6186 } 6187 6188 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6189 pos.coladd = 0; 6190 #endif 6191 6192 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 6193 { 6194 pos.col = 0; 6195 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 6196 { 6197 update_topline(); 6198 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 6199 * number; use one instead. */ 6200 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 6201 return &pos; 6202 } 6203 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6204 { 6205 validate_botline(); 6206 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 6207 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 6208 return &pos; 6209 } 6210 } 6211 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6212 { 6213 if (dollar_lnum) 6214 { 6215 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6216 pos.col = 0; 6217 } 6218 else 6219 { 6220 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6221 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6222 } 6223 return &pos; 6224 } 6225 return NULL; 6226 } 6227 6228 /* 6229 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6230 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6231 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6232 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6233 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6234 * validity. 6235 */ 6236 int 6237 list2fpos( 6238 typval_T *arg, 6239 pos_T *posp, 6240 int *fnump, 6241 colnr_T *curswantp) 6242 { 6243 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6244 long i = 0; 6245 long n; 6246 6247 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6248 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6249 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6250 || l == NULL 6251 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6252 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6253 return FAIL; 6254 6255 if (fnump != NULL) 6256 { 6257 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6258 if (n < 0) 6259 return FAIL; 6260 if (n == 0) 6261 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6262 *fnump = n; 6263 } 6264 6265 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6266 if (n < 0) 6267 return FAIL; 6268 posp->lnum = n; 6269 6270 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6271 if (n < 0) 6272 return FAIL; 6273 posp->col = n; 6274 6275 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6276 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6277 if (n < 0) 6278 posp->coladd = 0; 6279 else 6280 posp->coladd = n; 6281 #endif 6282 6283 if (curswantp != NULL) 6284 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6285 6286 return OK; 6287 } 6288 6289 /* 6290 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6291 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6292 * Return 0 for error. 6293 */ 6294 static int 6295 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6296 { 6297 char_u *p; 6298 int len; 6299 6300 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6301 ; 6302 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6303 return 0; 6304 6305 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6306 *arg = p; 6307 return len; 6308 } 6309 6310 /* 6311 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6312 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6313 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6314 */ 6315 int 6316 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6317 { 6318 char_u *p; 6319 int len; 6320 6321 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6322 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6323 { 6324 if (*p == ':') 6325 { 6326 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6327 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6328 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6329 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6330 || len > 1) 6331 break; 6332 } 6333 } 6334 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6335 return 0; 6336 6337 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6338 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6339 6340 return len; 6341 } 6342 6343 /* 6344 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6345 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6346 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6347 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6348 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6349 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6350 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6351 */ 6352 int 6353 get_name_len( 6354 char_u **arg, 6355 char_u **alias, 6356 int evaluate, 6357 int verbose) 6358 { 6359 int len; 6360 char_u *p; 6361 char_u *expr_start; 6362 char_u *expr_end; 6363 6364 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6365 6366 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6367 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6368 { 6369 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6370 *arg += 3; 6371 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6372 } 6373 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6374 if (len > 0) 6375 { 6376 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6377 *arg += len; 6378 } 6379 6380 /* 6381 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6382 */ 6383 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6384 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6385 if (expr_start != NULL) 6386 { 6387 char_u *temp_string; 6388 6389 if (!evaluate) 6390 { 6391 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6392 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6393 return len; 6394 } 6395 6396 /* 6397 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6398 * Thus the -len here. 6399 */ 6400 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6401 if (temp_string == NULL) 6402 return -1; 6403 *alias = temp_string; 6404 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6405 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6406 } 6407 6408 len += get_id_len(arg); 6409 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6410 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6411 6412 return len; 6413 } 6414 6415 /* 6416 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6417 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6418 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6419 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6420 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6421 * valid name. 6422 */ 6423 char_u * 6424 find_name_end( 6425 char_u *arg, 6426 char_u **expr_start, 6427 char_u **expr_end, 6428 int flags) 6429 { 6430 int mb_nest = 0; 6431 int br_nest = 0; 6432 char_u *p; 6433 int len; 6434 6435 if (expr_start != NULL) 6436 { 6437 *expr_start = NULL; 6438 *expr_end = NULL; 6439 } 6440 6441 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6442 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6443 return arg; 6444 6445 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6446 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6447 || *p == '{' 6448 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6449 || mb_nest != 0 6450 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6451 { 6452 if (*p == '\'') 6453 { 6454 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6455 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6456 ; 6457 if (*p == NUL) 6458 break; 6459 } 6460 else if (*p == '"') 6461 { 6462 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6463 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6464 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6465 ++p; 6466 if (*p == NUL) 6467 break; 6468 } 6469 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6470 { 6471 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6472 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6473 len = (int)(p - arg); 6474 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6475 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6476 break; 6477 } 6478 6479 if (mb_nest == 0) 6480 { 6481 if (*p == '[') 6482 ++br_nest; 6483 else if (*p == ']') 6484 --br_nest; 6485 } 6486 6487 if (br_nest == 0) 6488 { 6489 if (*p == '{') 6490 { 6491 mb_nest++; 6492 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6493 *expr_start = p; 6494 } 6495 else if (*p == '}') 6496 { 6497 mb_nest--; 6498 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6499 *expr_end = p; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 } 6503 6504 return p; 6505 } 6506 6507 /* 6508 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6509 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6510 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6511 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6512 * "in_start" ^ 6513 * "expr_start" ^ 6514 * "expr_end" ^ 6515 * "in_end" ^ 6516 * 6517 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6518 * Returns NULL for failure. 6519 */ 6520 static char_u * 6521 make_expanded_name( 6522 char_u *in_start, 6523 char_u *expr_start, 6524 char_u *expr_end, 6525 char_u *in_end) 6526 { 6527 char_u c1; 6528 char_u *retval = NULL; 6529 char_u *temp_result; 6530 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6531 6532 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6533 return NULL; 6534 *expr_start = NUL; 6535 *expr_end = NUL; 6536 c1 = *in_end; 6537 *in_end = NUL; 6538 6539 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6540 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6541 { 6542 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6543 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6544 if (retval != NULL) 6545 { 6546 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6547 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6548 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6549 } 6550 } 6551 vim_free(temp_result); 6552 6553 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6554 *expr_start = '{'; 6555 *expr_end = '}'; 6556 6557 if (retval != NULL) 6558 { 6559 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6560 if (expr_start != NULL) 6561 { 6562 /* Further expansion! */ 6563 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6564 expr_end, temp_result); 6565 vim_free(retval); 6566 retval = temp_result; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 return retval; 6571 } 6572 6573 /* 6574 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6575 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6576 */ 6577 int 6578 eval_isnamec(int c) 6579 { 6580 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6581 } 6582 6583 /* 6584 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6585 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6586 */ 6587 int 6588 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6589 { 6590 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6591 } 6592 6593 /* 6594 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6595 */ 6596 void 6597 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6598 { 6599 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6600 } 6601 6602 /* 6603 * Get number v: variable value. 6604 */ 6605 varnumber_T 6606 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6607 { 6608 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6609 } 6610 6611 /* 6612 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6613 */ 6614 char_u * 6615 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6616 { 6617 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6618 } 6619 6620 /* 6621 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6622 * needed. 6623 */ 6624 list_T * 6625 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6626 { 6627 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6628 } 6629 6630 /* 6631 * Set v:char to character "c". 6632 */ 6633 void 6634 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6635 { 6636 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6637 6638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6639 if (has_mbyte) 6640 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6641 else 6642 #endif 6643 { 6644 buf[0] = c; 6645 buf[1] = NUL; 6646 } 6647 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6648 } 6649 6650 /* 6651 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6652 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6653 */ 6654 void 6655 set_vcount( 6656 long count, 6657 long count1, 6658 int set_prevcount) 6659 { 6660 if (set_prevcount) 6661 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6662 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6663 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6664 } 6665 6666 /* 6667 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6668 */ 6669 void 6670 set_vim_var_string( 6671 int idx, 6672 char_u *val, 6673 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6674 { 6675 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6676 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6677 if (val == NULL) 6678 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6679 else if (len == -1) 6680 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6681 else 6682 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6683 } 6684 6685 /* 6686 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6687 */ 6688 void 6689 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6690 { 6691 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6692 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6693 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6694 if (val != NULL) 6695 ++val->lv_refcount; 6696 } 6697 6698 /* 6699 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6700 */ 6701 void 6702 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6703 { 6704 int todo; 6705 hashitem_T *hi; 6706 6707 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6708 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6709 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6710 if (val != NULL) 6711 { 6712 ++val->dv_refcount; 6713 6714 /* Set readonly */ 6715 todo = (int)val->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 6716 for (hi = val->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0 ; ++hi) 6717 { 6718 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 6719 continue; 6720 --todo; 6721 HI2DI(hi)->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 6722 } 6723 } 6724 } 6725 6726 /* 6727 * Set v:register if needed. 6728 */ 6729 void 6730 set_reg_var(int c) 6731 { 6732 char_u regname; 6733 6734 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6735 regname = '"'; 6736 else 6737 regname = c; 6738 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6739 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6740 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6741 } 6742 6743 /* 6744 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6745 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6746 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6747 * take care of memory allocations. 6748 */ 6749 char_u * 6750 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6751 { 6752 if (oldval == NULL) 6753 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6754 6755 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6756 return NULL; 6757 } 6758 6759 /* 6760 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6761 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6762 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6763 * take care of memory allocations. 6764 */ 6765 char_u * 6766 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6767 { 6768 if (oldval == NULL) 6769 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6770 6771 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6772 return NULL; 6773 } 6774 6775 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) 6776 /* 6777 * Set v:cmdarg. 6778 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6779 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6780 * Must always be called in pairs! 6781 */ 6782 char_u * 6783 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6784 { 6785 char_u *oldval; 6786 char_u *newval; 6787 unsigned len; 6788 6789 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6790 if (eap == NULL) 6791 { 6792 vim_free(oldval); 6793 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6794 return NULL; 6795 } 6796 6797 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6798 len = 6; 6799 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6800 len = 8; 6801 else 6802 len = 0; 6803 6804 if (eap->read_edit) 6805 len += 7; 6806 6807 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6808 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_ff) + 6; 6809 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6810 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6811 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6812 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6813 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6814 # endif 6815 6816 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6817 if (newval == NULL) 6818 return NULL; 6819 6820 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6821 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6822 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6823 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6824 else 6825 *newval = NUL; 6826 6827 if (eap->read_edit) 6828 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6829 6830 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6831 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6832 eap->cmd + eap->force_ff); 6833 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6834 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6835 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6836 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6837 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6838 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6839 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6840 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6841 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6842 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6843 # endif 6844 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6845 return oldval; 6846 } 6847 #endif 6848 6849 /* 6850 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6851 * Return OK or FAIL. 6852 */ 6853 int 6854 get_var_tv( 6855 char_u *name, 6856 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6857 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6858 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6859 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6860 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6861 { 6862 int ret = OK; 6863 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6864 dictitem_T *v; 6865 int cc; 6866 6867 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6868 cc = name[len]; 6869 name[len] = NUL; 6870 6871 /* 6872 * Check for user-defined variables. 6873 */ 6874 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6875 if (v != NULL) 6876 { 6877 tv = &v->di_tv; 6878 if (dip != NULL) 6879 *dip = v; 6880 } 6881 6882 if (tv == NULL) 6883 { 6884 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6885 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6886 ret = FAIL; 6887 } 6888 else if (rettv != NULL) 6889 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6890 6891 name[len] = cc; 6892 6893 return ret; 6894 } 6895 6896 /* 6897 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6898 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6899 */ 6900 static void 6901 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6902 { 6903 int cc; 6904 char_u *varname; 6905 hashtab_T *ht; 6906 6907 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6908 return; 6909 6910 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6911 cc = name[len]; 6912 name[len] = NUL; 6913 6914 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6915 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6916 { 6917 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6918 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6919 } 6920 6921 name[len] = cc; 6922 } 6923 6924 /* 6925 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6926 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6927 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6928 */ 6929 int 6930 handle_subscript( 6931 char_u **arg, 6932 typval_T *rettv, 6933 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6934 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6935 { 6936 int ret = OK; 6937 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6938 char_u *s; 6939 int len; 6940 typval_T functv; 6941 6942 while (ret == OK 6943 && (**arg == '[' 6944 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6945 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6946 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6947 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6948 { 6949 if (**arg == '(') 6950 { 6951 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6952 6953 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6954 if (evaluate) 6955 { 6956 functv = *rettv; 6957 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6958 6959 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6960 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6961 { 6962 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6963 s = partial_name(pt); 6964 } 6965 else 6966 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6967 } 6968 else 6969 s = (char_u *)""; 6970 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6971 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6972 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6973 6974 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6975 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6976 if (evaluate) 6977 clear_tv(&functv); 6978 6979 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6980 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6981 * but not caught. */ 6982 if (aborting()) 6983 { 6984 if (ret == OK) 6985 clear_tv(rettv); 6986 ret = FAIL; 6987 } 6988 dict_unref(selfdict); 6989 selfdict = NULL; 6990 } 6991 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6992 { 6993 dict_unref(selfdict); 6994 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6995 { 6996 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6997 if (selfdict != NULL) 6998 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6999 } 7000 else 7001 selfdict = NULL; 7002 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 7003 { 7004 clear_tv(rettv); 7005 ret = FAIL; 7006 } 7007 } 7008 } 7009 7010 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 7011 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 7012 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 7013 if (selfdict != NULL 7014 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 7015 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 7016 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 7017 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 7018 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 7019 7020 dict_unref(selfdict); 7021 return ret; 7022 } 7023 7024 /* 7025 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 7026 * value). 7027 */ 7028 typval_T * 7029 alloc_tv(void) 7030 { 7031 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 7032 } 7033 7034 /* 7035 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 7036 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 7037 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 7038 */ 7039 static typval_T * 7040 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 7041 { 7042 typval_T *rettv; 7043 7044 rettv = alloc_tv(); 7045 if (rettv != NULL) 7046 { 7047 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7048 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 7049 } 7050 else 7051 vim_free(s); 7052 return rettv; 7053 } 7054 7055 /* 7056 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 7057 */ 7058 void 7059 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 7060 { 7061 if (varp != NULL) 7062 { 7063 switch (varp->v_type) 7064 { 7065 case VAR_FUNC: 7066 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7067 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 7068 case VAR_STRING: 7069 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7070 break; 7071 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7072 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7073 break; 7074 case VAR_LIST: 7075 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7076 break; 7077 case VAR_DICT: 7078 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7079 break; 7080 case VAR_JOB: 7081 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7082 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7083 break; 7084 #endif 7085 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7086 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7087 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7088 break; 7089 #endif 7090 case VAR_NUMBER: 7091 case VAR_FLOAT: 7092 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7093 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7094 break; 7095 } 7096 vim_free(varp); 7097 } 7098 } 7099 7100 /* 7101 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 7102 */ 7103 void 7104 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 7105 { 7106 if (varp != NULL) 7107 { 7108 switch (varp->v_type) 7109 { 7110 case VAR_FUNC: 7111 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7112 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 7113 case VAR_STRING: 7114 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7115 varp->vval.v_string = NULL; 7116 break; 7117 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7118 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7119 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7120 break; 7121 case VAR_LIST: 7122 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7123 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 7124 break; 7125 case VAR_DICT: 7126 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7127 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7128 break; 7129 case VAR_NUMBER: 7130 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7131 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 7132 break; 7133 case VAR_FLOAT: 7134 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7135 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 7136 break; 7137 #endif 7138 case VAR_JOB: 7139 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7140 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7141 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 7142 #endif 7143 break; 7144 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7145 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7146 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7147 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 7148 #endif 7149 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7150 break; 7151 } 7152 varp->v_lock = 0; 7153 } 7154 } 7155 7156 /* 7157 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 7158 */ 7159 void 7160 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 7161 { 7162 if (varp != NULL) 7163 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 7164 } 7165 7166 /* 7167 * Get the number value of a variable. 7168 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 7169 * For incompatible types, return 0. 7170 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 7171 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 7172 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 7173 */ 7174 varnumber_T 7175 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 7176 { 7177 int error = FALSE; 7178 7179 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7180 } 7181 7182 varnumber_T 7183 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7184 { 7185 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7186 7187 switch (varp->v_type) 7188 { 7189 case VAR_NUMBER: 7190 return varp->vval.v_number; 7191 case VAR_FLOAT: 7192 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7193 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7194 break; 7195 #endif 7196 case VAR_FUNC: 7197 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7198 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7199 break; 7200 case VAR_STRING: 7201 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7202 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7203 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7204 return n; 7205 case VAR_LIST: 7206 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7207 break; 7208 case VAR_DICT: 7209 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7210 break; 7211 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7212 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7213 break; 7214 case VAR_JOB: 7215 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7216 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7217 break; 7218 #endif 7219 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7220 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7221 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7222 break; 7223 #endif 7224 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7225 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7226 break; 7227 } 7228 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7229 n = -1; 7230 else 7231 *denote = TRUE; 7232 return n; 7233 } 7234 7235 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7236 float_T 7237 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7238 { 7239 switch (varp->v_type) 7240 { 7241 case VAR_NUMBER: 7242 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7243 case VAR_FLOAT: 7244 return varp->vval.v_float; 7245 case VAR_FUNC: 7246 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7247 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7248 break; 7249 case VAR_STRING: 7250 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7251 break; 7252 case VAR_LIST: 7253 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7254 break; 7255 case VAR_DICT: 7256 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7257 break; 7258 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7259 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7260 break; 7261 case VAR_JOB: 7262 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7263 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7264 break; 7265 # endif 7266 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7267 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7268 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7269 break; 7270 # endif 7271 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7272 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7273 break; 7274 } 7275 return 0; 7276 } 7277 #endif 7278 7279 /* 7280 * Get the string value of a variable. 7281 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7282 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7283 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7284 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7285 * Never returns NULL; 7286 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7287 * NULL on error. 7288 */ 7289 char_u * 7290 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7291 { 7292 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7293 7294 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7295 } 7296 7297 char_u * 7298 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7299 { 7300 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7301 7302 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7303 } 7304 7305 /* 7306 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7307 */ 7308 char_u * 7309 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7310 { 7311 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7312 7313 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7314 } 7315 7316 char_u * 7317 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7318 { 7319 switch (varp->v_type) 7320 { 7321 case VAR_NUMBER: 7322 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7323 (varnumber_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7324 return buf; 7325 case VAR_FUNC: 7326 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7327 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7328 break; 7329 case VAR_LIST: 7330 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7331 break; 7332 case VAR_DICT: 7333 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7334 break; 7335 case VAR_FLOAT: 7336 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7337 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7338 break; 7339 #endif 7340 case VAR_STRING: 7341 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7342 return varp->vval.v_string; 7343 return (char_u *)""; 7344 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7345 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7346 return buf; 7347 case VAR_JOB: 7348 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7349 { 7350 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7351 char *status; 7352 7353 if (job == NULL) 7354 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7355 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7356 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7357 : "run"; 7358 # ifdef UNIX 7359 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7360 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7361 # elif defined(WIN32) 7362 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7363 "process %ld %s", 7364 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7365 status); 7366 # else 7367 /* fall-back */ 7368 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7369 # endif 7370 return buf; 7371 } 7372 #endif 7373 break; 7374 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7375 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7376 { 7377 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7378 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7379 7380 if (channel == NULL) 7381 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7382 else 7383 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7384 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7385 return buf; 7386 } 7387 #endif 7388 break; 7389 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7390 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7391 break; 7392 } 7393 return NULL; 7394 } 7395 7396 /* 7397 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7398 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7399 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7400 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7401 * hashtab_T used. 7402 */ 7403 dictitem_T * 7404 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7405 { 7406 char_u *varname; 7407 hashtab_T *ht; 7408 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7409 7410 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7411 if (htp != NULL) 7412 *htp = ht; 7413 if (ht == NULL) 7414 return NULL; 7415 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7416 if (ret != NULL) 7417 return ret; 7418 7419 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7420 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7421 } 7422 7423 /* 7424 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7425 * Returns NULL if not found. 7426 */ 7427 dictitem_T * 7428 find_var_in_ht( 7429 hashtab_T *ht, 7430 int htname, 7431 char_u *varname, 7432 int no_autoload) 7433 { 7434 hashitem_T *hi; 7435 7436 if (*varname == NUL) 7437 { 7438 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7439 switch (htname) 7440 { 7441 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7442 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7443 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7444 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7445 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7446 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7447 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7448 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7449 } 7450 return NULL; 7451 } 7452 7453 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7454 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7455 { 7456 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7457 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7458 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7459 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7460 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7461 { 7462 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7463 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7464 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7465 return NULL; 7466 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7467 } 7468 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7469 return NULL; 7470 } 7471 return HI2DI(hi); 7472 } 7473 7474 /* 7475 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7476 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7477 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7478 */ 7479 hashtab_T * 7480 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7481 { 7482 hashitem_T *hi; 7483 hashtab_T *ht; 7484 7485 if (name[0] == NUL) 7486 return NULL; 7487 if (name[1] != ':') 7488 { 7489 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7490 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7491 return NULL; 7492 *varname = name; 7493 7494 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7495 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7496 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7497 return &compat_hashtab; 7498 7499 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7500 if (ht == NULL) 7501 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7502 return ht; /* local variable */ 7503 } 7504 *varname = name + 2; 7505 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7506 return &globvarht; 7507 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7508 */ 7509 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7510 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7511 return NULL; 7512 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7513 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7514 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7515 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7516 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7517 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7518 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7519 return &vimvarht; 7520 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7521 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7522 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7523 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7524 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7525 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7526 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7527 return NULL; 7528 } 7529 7530 /* 7531 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7532 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7533 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7534 */ 7535 char_u * 7536 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7537 { 7538 dictitem_T *v; 7539 7540 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7541 if (v == NULL) 7542 return NULL; 7543 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7544 } 7545 7546 /* 7547 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7548 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7549 */ 7550 void 7551 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7552 { 7553 int i; 7554 hashtab_T *ht; 7555 scriptvar_T *sv; 7556 7557 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7558 { 7559 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7560 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7561 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7562 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7563 { 7564 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7565 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7566 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7567 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7568 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7569 } 7570 7571 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7572 { 7573 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7574 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7575 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7576 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7577 } 7578 } 7579 } 7580 7581 /* 7582 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7583 * point to it. 7584 */ 7585 void 7586 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7587 { 7588 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7589 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7590 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7591 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7592 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7593 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7594 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7595 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7596 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7597 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7598 } 7599 7600 /* 7601 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7602 */ 7603 void 7604 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7605 { 7606 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7607 * normal reference counting. */ 7608 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7609 dict_unref(dict); 7610 } 7611 7612 /* 7613 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7614 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7615 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7616 */ 7617 void 7618 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7619 { 7620 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7621 } 7622 7623 /* 7624 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7625 */ 7626 void 7627 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7628 { 7629 int todo; 7630 hashitem_T *hi; 7631 dictitem_T *v; 7632 7633 hash_lock(ht); 7634 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7635 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7636 { 7637 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7638 { 7639 --todo; 7640 7641 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7642 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7643 * later. */ 7644 v = HI2DI(hi); 7645 if (free_val) 7646 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7647 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7648 vim_free(v); 7649 } 7650 } 7651 hash_clear(ht); 7652 ht->ht_used = 0; 7653 } 7654 7655 /* 7656 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7657 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7658 */ 7659 static void 7660 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7661 { 7662 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7663 7664 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7665 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7666 vim_free(di); 7667 } 7668 7669 /* 7670 * List the value of one internal variable. 7671 */ 7672 static void 7673 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7674 { 7675 char_u *tofree; 7676 char_u *s; 7677 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7678 7679 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7680 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7681 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7682 vim_free(tofree); 7683 } 7684 7685 static void 7686 list_one_var_a( 7687 char_u *prefix, 7688 char_u *name, 7689 int type, 7690 char_u *string, 7691 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7692 { 7693 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7694 msg_start(); 7695 msg_puts(prefix); 7696 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7697 msg_puts(name); 7698 msg_putchar(' '); 7699 msg_advance(22); 7700 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7701 msg_putchar('#'); 7702 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7703 msg_putchar('*'); 7704 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7705 { 7706 msg_putchar('['); 7707 if (*string == '[') 7708 ++string; 7709 } 7710 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7711 { 7712 msg_putchar('{'); 7713 if (*string == '{') 7714 ++string; 7715 } 7716 else 7717 msg_putchar(' '); 7718 7719 msg_outtrans(string); 7720 7721 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7722 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7723 if (*first) 7724 { 7725 msg_clr_eos(); 7726 *first = FALSE; 7727 } 7728 } 7729 7730 /* 7731 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7732 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7733 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7734 */ 7735 void 7736 set_var( 7737 char_u *name, 7738 typval_T *tv, 7739 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7740 { 7741 dictitem_T *v; 7742 char_u *varname; 7743 hashtab_T *ht; 7744 7745 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7746 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7747 { 7748 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7749 return; 7750 } 7751 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7752 7753 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7754 if (v == NULL) 7755 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7756 7757 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7758 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7759 return; 7760 7761 if (v != NULL) 7762 { 7763 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7764 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7765 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7766 return; 7767 7768 /* 7769 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7770 * prevent changing the type. 7771 */ 7772 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7773 { 7774 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7775 { 7776 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7777 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7778 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7779 else 7780 { 7781 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7782 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7783 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7784 } 7785 return; 7786 } 7787 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7788 { 7789 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7790 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7791 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7792 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7793 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7794 { 7795 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7796 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7797 } 7798 #endif 7799 return; 7800 } 7801 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7802 internal_error("set_var()"); 7803 } 7804 7805 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7806 } 7807 else /* add a new variable */ 7808 { 7809 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7810 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7811 { 7812 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7813 return; 7814 } 7815 7816 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7817 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7818 return; 7819 7820 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7821 + STRLEN(varname))); 7822 if (v == NULL) 7823 return; 7824 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7825 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7826 { 7827 vim_free(v); 7828 return; 7829 } 7830 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7831 } 7832 7833 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7834 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7835 else 7836 { 7837 v->di_tv = *tv; 7838 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7839 init_tv(tv); 7840 } 7841 } 7842 7843 /* 7844 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7845 * Also give an error message. 7846 */ 7847 int 7848 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7849 { 7850 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7851 { 7852 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7853 return TRUE; 7854 } 7855 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7856 { 7857 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7858 return TRUE; 7859 } 7860 return FALSE; 7861 } 7862 7863 /* 7864 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7865 * Also give an error message. 7866 */ 7867 int 7868 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7869 { 7870 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7871 { 7872 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7873 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7874 return TRUE; 7875 } 7876 return FALSE; 7877 } 7878 7879 /* 7880 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7881 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7882 */ 7883 int 7884 var_check_func_name( 7885 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7886 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7887 { 7888 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7889 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7890 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7891 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7892 { 7893 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7894 name); 7895 return TRUE; 7896 } 7897 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7898 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7899 * below. */ 7900 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7901 { 7902 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7903 name); 7904 return TRUE; 7905 } 7906 return FALSE; 7907 } 7908 7909 /* 7910 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7911 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7912 */ 7913 int 7914 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7915 { 7916 char_u *p; 7917 7918 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7919 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7920 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7921 { 7922 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7923 return FALSE; 7924 } 7925 return TRUE; 7926 } 7927 7928 /* 7929 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7930 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7931 * TRUE. 7932 */ 7933 int 7934 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7935 { 7936 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7937 { 7938 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7939 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7940 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7941 : name); 7942 return TRUE; 7943 } 7944 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7945 { 7946 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7947 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7948 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7949 : name); 7950 return TRUE; 7951 } 7952 return FALSE; 7953 } 7954 7955 /* 7956 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7957 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7958 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7959 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7960 * make a copy later. 7961 */ 7962 void 7963 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7964 { 7965 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7966 to->v_lock = 0; 7967 switch (from->v_type) 7968 { 7969 case VAR_NUMBER: 7970 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7971 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7972 break; 7973 case VAR_FLOAT: 7974 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7975 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7976 break; 7977 #endif 7978 case VAR_JOB: 7979 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7980 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7981 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7982 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7983 break; 7984 #endif 7985 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7986 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7987 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7988 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7989 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7990 break; 7991 #endif 7992 case VAR_STRING: 7993 case VAR_FUNC: 7994 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7995 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7996 else 7997 { 7998 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7999 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 8000 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 8001 } 8002 break; 8003 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8004 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 8005 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 8006 else 8007 { 8008 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 8009 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 8010 } 8011 break; 8012 case VAR_LIST: 8013 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8014 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8015 else 8016 { 8017 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 8018 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8019 } 8020 break; 8021 case VAR_DICT: 8022 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8023 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8024 else 8025 { 8026 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 8027 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8028 } 8029 break; 8030 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8031 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 8032 break; 8033 } 8034 } 8035 8036 /* 8037 * Make a copy of an item. 8038 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 8039 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 8040 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 8041 * Returns FAIL or OK. 8042 */ 8043 int 8044 item_copy( 8045 typval_T *from, 8046 typval_T *to, 8047 int deep, 8048 int copyID) 8049 { 8050 static int recurse = 0; 8051 int ret = OK; 8052 8053 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 8054 { 8055 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 8056 return FAIL; 8057 } 8058 ++recurse; 8059 8060 switch (from->v_type) 8061 { 8062 case VAR_NUMBER: 8063 case VAR_FLOAT: 8064 case VAR_STRING: 8065 case VAR_FUNC: 8066 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8067 case VAR_SPECIAL: 8068 case VAR_JOB: 8069 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8070 copy_tv(from, to); 8071 break; 8072 case VAR_LIST: 8073 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 8074 to->v_lock = 0; 8075 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8076 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8077 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 8078 { 8079 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8080 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 8081 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8082 } 8083 else 8084 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 8085 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 8086 ret = FAIL; 8087 break; 8088 case VAR_DICT: 8089 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8090 to->v_lock = 0; 8091 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8092 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8093 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 8094 { 8095 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8096 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 8097 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8098 } 8099 else 8100 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 8101 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8102 ret = FAIL; 8103 break; 8104 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8105 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 8106 ret = FAIL; 8107 } 8108 --recurse; 8109 return ret; 8110 } 8111 8112 /* 8113 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 8114 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 8115 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 8116 * when the user cancels the prompt. 8117 */ 8118 void 8119 get_user_input( 8120 typval_T *argvars, 8121 typval_T *rettv, 8122 int inputdialog, 8123 int secret) 8124 { 8125 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8126 char_u *p = NULL; 8127 int c; 8128 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8129 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 8130 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 8131 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8132 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 8133 8134 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8135 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8136 8137 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 8138 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 8139 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 8140 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 8141 return; 8142 #endif 8143 8144 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 8145 if (prompt != NULL) 8146 { 8147 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 8148 * prompt for the command line */ 8149 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 8150 if (p == NULL) 8151 p = prompt; 8152 else 8153 { 8154 ++p; 8155 c = *p; 8156 *p = NUL; 8157 msg_start(); 8158 msg_clr_eos(); 8159 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 8160 msg_didout = FALSE; 8161 msg_starthere(); 8162 *p = c; 8163 } 8164 cmdline_row = msg_row; 8165 8166 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8167 { 8168 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 8169 if (defstr != NULL) 8170 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 8171 8172 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8173 { 8174 char_u *xp_name; 8175 int xp_namelen; 8176 long argt; 8177 8178 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8179 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8180 8181 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8182 if (xp_name == NULL) 8183 return; 8184 8185 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8186 8187 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8188 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8189 return; 8190 } 8191 } 8192 8193 if (defstr != NULL) 8194 { 8195 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8196 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8197 rettv->vval.v_string = 8198 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8199 xp_type, xp_arg); 8200 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8201 } 8202 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8203 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8204 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8205 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 8206 &argvars[2], buf)); 8207 8208 vim_free(xp_arg); 8209 8210 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8211 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8212 msg_didout = FALSE; 8213 } 8214 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8215 } 8216 8217 /* 8218 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8219 * newline at the end. 8220 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8221 */ 8222 void 8223 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8224 { 8225 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8226 typval_T rettv; 8227 char_u *tofree; 8228 char_u *p; 8229 int needclr = TRUE; 8230 int atstart = TRUE; 8231 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8232 8233 if (eap->skip) 8234 ++emsg_skip; 8235 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8236 { 8237 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8238 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8239 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8240 8241 p = arg; 8242 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8243 { 8244 /* 8245 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8246 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8247 * exception. 8248 */ 8249 if (!aborting()) 8250 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8251 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8252 break; 8253 } 8254 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8255 8256 if (!eap->skip) 8257 { 8258 if (atstart) 8259 { 8260 atstart = FALSE; 8261 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8262 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8263 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8264 { 8265 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8266 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8267 * at the more prompt. */ 8268 msg_sb_eol(); 8269 msg_start(); 8270 } 8271 } 8272 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8273 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8274 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8275 if (p != NULL) 8276 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8277 { 8278 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8279 { 8280 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8281 { 8282 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8283 msg_clr_eos(); 8284 needclr = FALSE; 8285 } 8286 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8287 } 8288 else 8289 { 8290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8291 if (has_mbyte) 8292 { 8293 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8294 8295 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8296 p += i - 1; 8297 } 8298 else 8299 #endif 8300 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8301 } 8302 } 8303 vim_free(tofree); 8304 } 8305 clear_tv(&rettv); 8306 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8307 } 8308 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8309 8310 if (eap->skip) 8311 --emsg_skip; 8312 else 8313 { 8314 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8315 if (needclr) 8316 msg_clr_eos(); 8317 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8318 msg_end(); 8319 } 8320 } 8321 8322 /* 8323 * ":echohl {name}". 8324 */ 8325 void 8326 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8327 { 8328 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8329 } 8330 8331 /* 8332 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8333 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8334 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8335 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8336 * echo commands 8337 */ 8338 void 8339 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8340 { 8341 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8342 typval_T rettv; 8343 int ret = OK; 8344 char_u *p; 8345 garray_T ga; 8346 int len; 8347 int save_did_emsg; 8348 8349 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8350 8351 if (eap->skip) 8352 ++emsg_skip; 8353 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8354 { 8355 p = arg; 8356 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8357 { 8358 /* 8359 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8360 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8361 * exception. 8362 */ 8363 if (!aborting()) 8364 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8365 ret = FAIL; 8366 break; 8367 } 8368 8369 if (!eap->skip) 8370 { 8371 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8372 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8373 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8374 { 8375 clear_tv(&rettv); 8376 ret = FAIL; 8377 break; 8378 } 8379 if (ga.ga_len) 8380 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8381 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8382 ga.ga_len += len; 8383 } 8384 8385 clear_tv(&rettv); 8386 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8387 } 8388 8389 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8390 { 8391 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8392 { 8393 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8394 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8395 * more prompt. */ 8396 msg_sb_eol(); 8397 } 8398 8399 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8400 { 8401 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8402 out_flush(); 8403 } 8404 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8405 { 8406 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8407 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8408 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8409 if (!force_abort) 8410 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8411 } 8412 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8413 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8414 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8415 } 8416 8417 ga_clear(&ga); 8418 8419 if (eap->skip) 8420 --emsg_skip; 8421 8422 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8423 } 8424 8425 /* 8426 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8427 */ 8428 win_T * 8429 find_win_by_nr( 8430 typval_T *vp, 8431 tabpage_T *tp UNUSED) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8432 { 8433 win_T *wp; 8434 int nr; 8435 8436 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8437 8438 if (nr < 0) 8439 return NULL; 8440 if (nr == 0) 8441 return curwin; 8442 8443 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8444 { 8445 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8446 { 8447 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8448 return wp; 8449 } 8450 else if (--nr <= 0) 8451 break; 8452 } 8453 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8454 return NULL; 8455 return wp; 8456 } 8457 8458 /* 8459 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8460 */ 8461 win_T * 8462 find_tabwin( 8463 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8464 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8465 { 8466 win_T *wp = NULL; 8467 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8468 long n; 8469 8470 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8471 { 8472 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8473 { 8474 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8475 if (n >= 0) 8476 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8477 } 8478 else 8479 tp = curtab; 8480 8481 if (tp != NULL) 8482 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8483 } 8484 else 8485 wp = curwin; 8486 8487 return wp; 8488 } 8489 8490 /* 8491 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8492 */ 8493 void 8494 getwinvar( 8495 typval_T *argvars, 8496 typval_T *rettv, 8497 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8498 { 8499 win_T *win; 8500 char_u *varname; 8501 dictitem_T *v; 8502 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8503 int done = FALSE; 8504 win_T *oldcurwin; 8505 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8506 int need_switch_win; 8507 8508 if (off == 1) 8509 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8510 else 8511 tp = curtab; 8512 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8513 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8514 ++emsg_off; 8515 8516 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8517 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8518 8519 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8520 { 8521 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8522 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8523 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8524 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8525 if (!need_switch_win 8526 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8527 { 8528 if (*varname == '&') 8529 { 8530 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8531 { 8532 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8533 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8534 8535 if (opts != NULL) 8536 { 8537 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8538 done = TRUE; 8539 } 8540 } 8541 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8542 /* window-local-option */ 8543 done = TRUE; 8544 } 8545 else 8546 { 8547 /* Look up the variable. */ 8548 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8549 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8550 varname, FALSE); 8551 if (v != NULL) 8552 { 8553 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8554 done = TRUE; 8555 } 8556 } 8557 } 8558 8559 if (need_switch_win) 8560 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8561 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8562 } 8563 8564 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8565 /* use the default return value */ 8566 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8567 8568 --emsg_off; 8569 } 8570 8571 /* 8572 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8573 */ 8574 void 8575 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8576 { 8577 win_T *win; 8578 win_T *save_curwin; 8579 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8580 int need_switch_win; 8581 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8582 typval_T *varp; 8583 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8584 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8585 8586 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8587 return; 8588 8589 if (off == 1) 8590 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8591 else 8592 tp = curtab; 8593 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8594 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8595 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8596 8597 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8598 { 8599 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8600 if (!need_switch_win 8601 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8602 { 8603 if (*varname == '&') 8604 { 8605 long numval; 8606 char_u *strval; 8607 int error = FALSE; 8608 8609 ++varname; 8610 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8611 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8612 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8613 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8614 } 8615 else 8616 { 8617 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8618 if (winvarname != NULL) 8619 { 8620 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8621 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8622 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8623 vim_free(winvarname); 8624 } 8625 } 8626 } 8627 if (need_switch_win) 8628 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8629 } 8630 } 8631 8632 /* 8633 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8634 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8635 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8636 * after the option name. 8637 */ 8638 static char_u * 8639 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8640 { 8641 char_u *p = *arg; 8642 8643 ++p; 8644 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8645 { 8646 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8647 p += 2; 8648 } 8649 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8650 { 8651 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8652 p += 2; 8653 } 8654 else 8655 *opt_flags = 0; 8656 8657 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8658 return NULL; 8659 *arg = p; 8660 8661 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8662 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8663 else 8664 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8665 ++p; 8666 return p; 8667 } 8668 8669 /* 8670 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8671 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8672 */ 8673 char_u * 8674 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8675 { 8676 char_u *p; 8677 char_u *scriptname; 8678 8679 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8680 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8681 if (scriptname == NULL) 8682 return FALSE; 8683 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8684 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8685 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8686 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8687 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8688 *p = '/'; 8689 return scriptname; 8690 } 8691 8692 /* 8693 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8694 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8695 */ 8696 int 8697 script_autoload( 8698 char_u *name, 8699 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8700 { 8701 char_u *p; 8702 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8703 int ret = FALSE; 8704 int i; 8705 8706 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8707 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8708 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8709 return FALSE; 8710 8711 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8712 8713 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8714 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8715 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8716 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8717 break; 8718 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8719 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8720 else 8721 { 8722 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8723 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8724 { 8725 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8726 tofree = NULL; 8727 } 8728 8729 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8730 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8731 ret = TRUE; 8732 } 8733 8734 vim_free(tofree); 8735 return ret; 8736 } 8737 8738 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8739 typedef enum 8740 { 8741 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8742 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8743 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8744 } var_flavour_T; 8745 8746 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8747 8748 static var_flavour_T 8749 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8750 { 8751 char_u *p = varname; 8752 8753 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8754 { 8755 while (*(++p)) 8756 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8757 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8758 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8759 } 8760 else 8761 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8762 } 8763 #endif 8764 8765 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8766 /* 8767 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8768 */ 8769 int 8770 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8771 { 8772 char_u *tab; 8773 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8774 typval_T tv; 8775 void *save_funccal; 8776 8777 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8778 { 8779 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8780 if (tab != NULL) 8781 { 8782 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8783 switch (*tab) 8784 { 8785 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8786 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8787 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8788 #endif 8789 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8790 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8791 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8792 } 8793 8794 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8795 if (tab != NULL) 8796 { 8797 tv.v_type = type; 8798 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8799 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8800 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8801 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8802 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8803 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8804 #endif 8805 else 8806 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8807 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8808 { 8809 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8810 8811 if (etv == NULL) 8812 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8813 * string. */ 8814 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8815 else 8816 { 8817 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8818 tv = *etv; 8819 vim_free(etv); 8820 } 8821 } 8822 8823 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8824 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8825 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8826 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8827 8828 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8829 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8830 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8831 clear_tv(&tv); 8832 } 8833 } 8834 } 8835 8836 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8837 } 8838 8839 /* 8840 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8841 */ 8842 void 8843 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8844 { 8845 hashitem_T *hi; 8846 dictitem_T *this_var; 8847 int todo; 8848 char *s = ""; 8849 char_u *p; 8850 char_u *tofree; 8851 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8852 8853 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8854 return; 8855 8856 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8857 8858 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8859 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8860 { 8861 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8862 { 8863 --todo; 8864 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8865 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8866 { 8867 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8868 { 8869 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8870 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8871 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8872 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8873 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8874 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8875 8876 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8877 case VAR_FUNC: 8878 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8879 case VAR_JOB: 8880 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8881 continue; 8882 } 8883 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8884 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8885 if (p != NULL) 8886 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8887 vim_free(tofree); 8888 } 8889 } 8890 } 8891 } 8892 #endif 8893 8894 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8895 int 8896 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8897 { 8898 hashitem_T *hi; 8899 dictitem_T *this_var; 8900 int todo; 8901 char_u *p, *t; 8902 8903 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8904 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8905 { 8906 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8907 { 8908 --todo; 8909 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8910 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8911 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8912 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8913 { 8914 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8915 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8916 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8917 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8918 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8919 break; 8920 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8921 if (*t == '\n') 8922 *t = 'n'; 8923 else if (*t == '\r') 8924 *t = 'r'; 8925 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8926 this_var->di_key, 8927 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8928 : ' ', 8929 p, 8930 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8931 : ' ') < 0) 8932 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8933 { 8934 vim_free(p); 8935 return FAIL; 8936 } 8937 vim_free(p); 8938 } 8939 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8940 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8941 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8942 { 8943 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8944 int sign = ' '; 8945 8946 if (f < 0) 8947 { 8948 f = -f; 8949 sign = '-'; 8950 } 8951 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8952 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8953 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8954 return FAIL; 8955 } 8956 #endif 8957 } 8958 } 8959 return OK; 8960 } 8961 #endif 8962 8963 /* 8964 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8965 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8966 */ 8967 void 8968 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8969 { 8970 char_u *p; 8971 8972 if (scriptID != 0) 8973 { 8974 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8975 if (p != NULL) 8976 { 8977 verbose_enter(); 8978 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8979 MSG_PUTS(p); 8980 vim_free(p); 8981 verbose_leave(); 8982 } 8983 } 8984 } 8985 8986 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8987 void 8988 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8989 { 8990 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8991 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8992 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8993 } 8994 8995 /* 8996 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8997 */ 8998 void 8999 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9000 { 9001 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9002 9003 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 9004 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 9005 { 9006 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 9007 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9008 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 9009 } 9010 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9011 { 9012 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 9013 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 9014 } 9015 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 9016 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9017 } 9018 9019 /* 9020 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 9021 */ 9022 void 9023 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9024 { 9025 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 9026 9027 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 9028 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 9029 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 9030 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 9031 } 9032 9033 void 9034 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9035 { 9036 garray_T ga; 9037 9038 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 9039 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 9040 { 9041 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9042 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9043 atype); 9044 assert_error(&ga); 9045 ga_clear(&ga); 9046 } 9047 } 9048 9049 void 9050 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9051 { 9052 garray_T ga; 9053 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9054 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9055 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9056 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9057 9058 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 9059 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 9060 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 9061 { 9062 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9063 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9064 atype); 9065 assert_error(&ga); 9066 ga_clear(&ga); 9067 } 9068 } 9069 9070 void 9071 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 9072 { 9073 garray_T ga; 9074 int error = FALSE; 9075 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 9076 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 9077 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 9078 char_u *tofree; 9079 char msg[200]; 9080 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9081 9082 if (error) 9083 return; 9084 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 9085 { 9086 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9087 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9088 { 9089 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9090 vim_free(tofree); 9091 } 9092 else 9093 { 9094 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 9095 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 9096 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9097 } 9098 assert_error(&ga); 9099 ga_clear(&ga); 9100 } 9101 } 9102 9103 /* 9104 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9105 */ 9106 void 9107 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9108 { 9109 int error = FALSE; 9110 garray_T ga; 9111 9112 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9113 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9114 return; 9115 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9116 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9117 || error) 9118 { 9119 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9120 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9121 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9122 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9123 assert_error(&ga); 9124 ga_clear(&ga); 9125 } 9126 } 9127 9128 void 9129 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 9130 { 9131 garray_T ga; 9132 9133 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9134 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 9135 assert_error(&ga); 9136 ga_clear(&ga); 9137 } 9138 9139 void 9140 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9141 { 9142 garray_T ga; 9143 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9144 9145 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9146 { 9147 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9148 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9149 assert_error(&ga); 9150 ga_clear(&ga); 9151 } 9152 else if (error != NULL 9153 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9154 { 9155 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9156 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9157 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9158 assert_error(&ga); 9159 ga_clear(&ga); 9160 } 9161 } 9162 9163 void 9164 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9165 { 9166 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9167 garray_T ga; 9168 9169 called_emsg = FALSE; 9170 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9171 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9172 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9173 if (!called_emsg) 9174 { 9175 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9176 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9177 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9178 assert_error(&ga); 9179 ga_clear(&ga); 9180 } 9181 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9182 { 9183 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9184 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9185 9186 if (error == NULL 9187 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9188 { 9189 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9190 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9191 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9192 assert_error(&ga); 9193 ga_clear(&ga); 9194 } 9195 } 9196 9197 called_emsg = FALSE; 9198 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9199 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9200 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9201 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9202 } 9203 9204 /* 9205 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9206 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9207 */ 9208 static void 9209 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9210 { 9211 char_u *p; 9212 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9213 9214 if (str == NULL) 9215 { 9216 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9217 return; 9218 } 9219 9220 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9221 switch (*p) 9222 { 9223 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9224 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9225 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9226 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9227 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9228 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9229 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9230 default: 9231 if (*p < ' ') 9232 { 9233 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9234 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9235 } 9236 else 9237 ga_append(gap, *p); 9238 break; 9239 } 9240 } 9241 9242 /* 9243 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9244 */ 9245 void 9246 fill_assert_error( 9247 garray_T *gap, 9248 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9249 char_u *exp_str, 9250 typval_T *exp_tv, 9251 typval_T *got_tv, 9252 assert_type_T atype) 9253 { 9254 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9255 char_u *tofree; 9256 9257 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9258 { 9259 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9260 vim_free(tofree); 9261 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9262 } 9263 9264 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9265 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9266 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9267 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9268 else 9269 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9270 if (exp_str == NULL) 9271 { 9272 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9273 vim_free(tofree); 9274 } 9275 else 9276 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9277 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9278 { 9279 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9280 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9281 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9282 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9283 else 9284 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9285 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9286 vim_free(tofree); 9287 } 9288 } 9289 9290 9291 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9292 9293 9294 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9295 9296 #ifdef WIN3264 9297 /* 9298 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9299 */ 9300 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9301 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9302 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9303 9304 /* 9305 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9306 * Only works for a valid file name. 9307 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9308 * is put in "bufp". 9309 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9310 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9311 */ 9312 static int 9313 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9314 { 9315 int l, len; 9316 char_u *newbuf; 9317 9318 len = *fnamelen; 9319 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9320 if (l > len - 1) 9321 { 9322 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9323 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9324 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9325 if (newbuf == NULL) 9326 return FAIL; 9327 9328 vim_free(*bufp); 9329 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9330 9331 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9332 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9333 } 9334 9335 *fnamelen = l; 9336 return OK; 9337 } 9338 9339 /* 9340 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9341 * path is returned in "bufp". 9342 * 9343 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9344 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9345 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9346 * 9347 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9348 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9349 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9350 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9351 * 9352 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9353 */ 9354 static int 9355 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9356 char_u **fname, 9357 char_u **bufp, 9358 int *fnamelen) 9359 { 9360 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9361 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9362 char_u ch; 9363 int old_len, len; 9364 int new_len, sfx_len; 9365 int retval = OK; 9366 9367 /* Make a copy */ 9368 old_len = *fnamelen; 9369 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9370 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9371 short_fname = NULL; 9372 9373 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9374 save_endp = endp; 9375 9376 /* 9377 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9378 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9379 */ 9380 len = 0; 9381 for (;;) 9382 { 9383 /* go back one path-separator */ 9384 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9385 --endp; 9386 if (endp <= save_fname) 9387 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9388 9389 /* 9390 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9391 * resulting path. 9392 */ 9393 ch = *endp; 9394 *endp = 0; 9395 short_fname = save_fname; 9396 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9397 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9398 { 9399 retval = FAIL; 9400 goto theend; 9401 } 9402 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9403 9404 if (len > 0) 9405 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9406 9407 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9408 --endp; 9409 } 9410 9411 if (len > 0) 9412 { 9413 /* 9414 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9415 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9416 */ 9417 9418 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9419 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9420 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9421 9422 *fnamelen = new_len; 9423 vim_free(*bufp); 9424 if (new_len > old_len) 9425 { 9426 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9427 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9428 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9429 if (*fname == NULL) 9430 { 9431 retval = FAIL; 9432 goto theend; 9433 } 9434 } 9435 else 9436 { 9437 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9438 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9439 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9440 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9441 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9442 save_fname = NULL; 9443 } 9444 9445 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9446 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9447 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9448 } 9449 9450 theend: 9451 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9452 vim_free(save_fname); 9453 9454 return retval; 9455 } 9456 9457 /* 9458 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9459 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9460 */ 9461 static int 9462 shortpath_for_partial( 9463 char_u **fnamep, 9464 char_u **bufp, 9465 int *fnamelen) 9466 { 9467 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9468 char_u *p; 9469 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9470 int hasTilde; 9471 9472 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9473 * of the path to return. */ 9474 sepcount = 0; 9475 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9476 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9477 ++sepcount; 9478 9479 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9480 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9481 if (hasTilde) 9482 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9483 else 9484 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9485 9486 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9487 9488 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9489 return FAIL; 9490 9491 if (len == 0) 9492 { 9493 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9494 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9495 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9496 */ 9497 len = tflen; 9498 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9499 return FAIL; 9500 } 9501 9502 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9503 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9504 { 9505 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9506 if (has_mbyte) 9507 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9508 #endif 9509 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9510 { 9511 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9512 break; 9513 else 9514 sepcount --; 9515 } 9516 } 9517 if (hasTilde) 9518 { 9519 --p; 9520 if (p >= tfname) 9521 *p = '~'; 9522 else 9523 return FAIL; 9524 } 9525 else 9526 ++p; 9527 9528 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9529 vim_free(*bufp); 9530 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9531 *bufp = pbuf; 9532 *fnamep = p; 9533 9534 return OK; 9535 } 9536 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9537 9538 /* 9539 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9540 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9541 * determined by *fnamelen. 9542 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9543 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9544 */ 9545 int 9546 modify_fname( 9547 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9548 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9549 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9550 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9551 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9552 { 9553 int valid = 0; 9554 char_u *tail; 9555 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9556 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9557 int c; 9558 int has_fullname = 0; 9559 #ifdef WIN3264 9560 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9561 int has_shortname = 0; 9562 #endif 9563 9564 repeat: 9565 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9566 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9567 { 9568 has_fullname = 1; 9569 9570 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9571 *usedlen += 2; 9572 9573 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9574 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9575 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9576 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9577 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9578 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9579 # endif 9580 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9581 9582 #endif 9583 ) 9584 { 9585 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9586 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9587 *bufp = *fnamep; 9588 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9589 return -1; 9590 } 9591 9592 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9593 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9594 { 9595 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9596 && p[1] == '.' 9597 && (p[2] == NUL 9598 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9599 || (p[2] == '.' 9600 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9601 break; 9602 } 9603 9604 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9605 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9606 { 9607 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9608 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9609 *bufp = *fnamep; 9610 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9611 return -1; 9612 } 9613 9614 #ifdef WIN3264 9615 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9616 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9617 { 9618 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9619 * file does not have two different names. 9620 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9621 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9622 if (p != NULL) 9623 { 9624 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9625 { 9626 vim_free(*bufp); 9627 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9628 } 9629 else 9630 vim_free(p); 9631 } 9632 } 9633 # endif 9634 #endif 9635 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9636 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9637 { 9638 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9639 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9640 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9641 *bufp = *fnamep; 9642 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9643 return -1; 9644 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9645 } 9646 } 9647 9648 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9649 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9650 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9651 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9652 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9653 { 9654 *usedlen += 2; 9655 if (c == '8') 9656 { 9657 #ifdef WIN3264 9658 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9659 #endif 9660 continue; 9661 } 9662 pbuf = NULL; 9663 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9664 if (!has_fullname) 9665 { 9666 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9667 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9668 else 9669 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9670 } 9671 else 9672 p = *fnamep; 9673 9674 has_fullname = 0; 9675 9676 if (p != NULL) 9677 { 9678 if (c == '.') 9679 { 9680 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9681 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9682 if (s != NULL) 9683 { 9684 *fnamep = s; 9685 if (pbuf != NULL) 9686 { 9687 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9688 *bufp = pbuf; 9689 pbuf = NULL; 9690 } 9691 } 9692 } 9693 else 9694 { 9695 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9696 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9697 if (*dirname == '~') 9698 { 9699 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9700 if (s != NULL) 9701 { 9702 *fnamep = s; 9703 vim_free(*bufp); 9704 *bufp = s; 9705 } 9706 } 9707 } 9708 vim_free(pbuf); 9709 } 9710 } 9711 9712 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9713 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9714 9715 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9716 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9717 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9718 { 9719 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9720 *usedlen += 2; 9721 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9722 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9723 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9724 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9725 #ifdef VMS 9726 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9727 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9728 #endif 9729 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9730 { 9731 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9732 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9733 if (p == NULL) 9734 return -1; 9735 vim_free(*bufp); 9736 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9737 *fnamelen = 1; 9738 } 9739 else 9740 { 9741 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9742 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9743 } 9744 } 9745 9746 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9747 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9748 { 9749 *usedlen += 2; 9750 #ifdef WIN3264 9751 has_shortname = 1; 9752 #endif 9753 } 9754 9755 #ifdef WIN3264 9756 /* 9757 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9758 */ 9759 if (has_shortname) 9760 { 9761 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9762 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9763 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9764 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9765 { 9766 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9767 if (p == NULL) 9768 return -1; 9769 vim_free(*bufp); 9770 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9771 } 9772 9773 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9774 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9775 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9776 { 9777 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9778 return -1; 9779 } 9780 else 9781 { 9782 int l = *fnamelen; 9783 9784 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9785 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9786 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9787 return -1; 9788 9789 if (l == 0) 9790 { 9791 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9792 l = *fnamelen; 9793 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9794 return -1; 9795 } 9796 *fnamelen = l; 9797 } 9798 } 9799 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9800 9801 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9802 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9803 { 9804 *usedlen += 2; 9805 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9806 *fnamep = tail; 9807 } 9808 9809 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9810 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9811 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9812 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9813 { 9814 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9815 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9816 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9817 */ 9818 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9819 s = *fnamep - 2; 9820 else 9821 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9822 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9823 if (s[0] == '.') 9824 break; 9825 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9826 { 9827 if (s > tail) 9828 { 9829 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9830 *fnamep = s + 1; 9831 #ifdef VMS 9832 /* cut version from the extension */ 9833 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9834 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9835 if (s[0] == ';') 9836 break; 9837 if (s > *fnamep) 9838 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9839 #endif 9840 } 9841 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9842 *fnamelen = 0; 9843 } 9844 else /* :r */ 9845 { 9846 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9847 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9848 } 9849 *usedlen += 2; 9850 } 9851 9852 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9853 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9854 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9855 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9856 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9857 { 9858 char_u *str; 9859 char_u *pat; 9860 char_u *sub; 9861 int sep; 9862 char_u *flags; 9863 int didit = FALSE; 9864 9865 flags = (char_u *)""; 9866 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 9867 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 9868 { 9869 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 9870 ++s; 9871 } 9872 9873 sep = *s++; 9874 if (sep) 9875 { 9876 /* find end of pattern */ 9877 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9878 if (p != NULL) 9879 { 9880 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9881 if (pat != NULL) 9882 { 9883 s = p + 1; 9884 /* find end of substitution */ 9885 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9886 if (p != NULL) 9887 { 9888 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9889 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9890 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 9891 { 9892 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 9893 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 9894 if (s != NULL) 9895 { 9896 *fnamep = s; 9897 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 9898 vim_free(*bufp); 9899 *bufp = s; 9900 didit = TRUE; 9901 } 9902 } 9903 vim_free(sub); 9904 vim_free(str); 9905 } 9906 vim_free(pat); 9907 } 9908 } 9909 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 9910 if (didit) 9911 goto repeat; 9912 } 9913 } 9914 9915 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 9916 { 9917 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 9918 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 9919 if (c != NUL) 9920 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 9921 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 9922 if (c != NUL) 9923 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 9924 if (p == NULL) 9925 return -1; 9926 vim_free(*bufp); 9927 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9928 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9929 *usedlen += 2; 9930 } 9931 9932 return valid; 9933 } 9934 9935 /* 9936 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 9937 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 9938 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 9939 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 9940 */ 9941 char_u * 9942 do_string_sub( 9943 char_u *str, 9944 char_u *pat, 9945 char_u *sub, 9946 typval_T *expr, 9947 char_u *flags) 9948 { 9949 int sublen; 9950 regmatch_T regmatch; 9951 int i; 9952 int do_all; 9953 char_u *tail; 9954 char_u *end; 9955 garray_T ga; 9956 char_u *ret; 9957 char_u *save_cpo; 9958 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 9959 9960 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 9961 save_cpo = p_cpo; 9962 p_cpo = empty_option; 9963 9964 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 9965 9966 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 9967 9968 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 9969 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 9970 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 9971 { 9972 tail = str; 9973 end = str + STRLEN(str); 9974 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 9975 { 9976 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 9977 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 9978 { 9979 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 9980 { 9981 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 9982 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 9983 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 9984 (size_t)i); 9985 ga.ga_len += i; 9986 tail += i; 9987 continue; 9988 } 9989 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 9990 } 9991 9992 /* 9993 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 9994 * into. It will contain: 9995 * - The text up to where the match is. 9996 * - The substituted text. 9997 * - The text after the match. 9998 */ 9999 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10000 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10001 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10002 { 10003 ga_clear(&ga); 10004 break; 10005 } 10006 10007 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10008 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10009 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10010 /* add the substituted text */ 10011 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10012 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10013 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10014 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10015 if (*tail == NUL) 10016 break; 10017 if (!do_all) 10018 break; 10019 } 10020 10021 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10022 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10023 10024 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10025 } 10026 10027 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10028 ga_clear(&ga); 10029 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10030 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10031 else 10032 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10033 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10034 10035 return ret; 10036 } 10037 10038 static int 10039 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10040 { 10041 typval_T rettv; 10042 typval_T argv[3]; 10043 int retval = FAIL; 10044 10045 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10046 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10047 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10048 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10049 goto theend; 10050 if (map) 10051 { 10052 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10053 clear_tv(tv); 10054 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10055 *tv = rettv; 10056 } 10057 else 10058 { 10059 int error = FALSE; 10060 10061 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10062 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10063 clear_tv(&rettv); 10064 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10065 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10066 if (error) 10067 goto theend; 10068 } 10069 retval = OK; 10070 theend: 10071 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10072 return retval; 10073 } 10074 10075 10076 /* 10077 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10078 */ 10079 void 10080 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10081 { 10082 typval_T *expr; 10083 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10084 list_T *l = NULL; 10085 dictitem_T *di; 10086 hashtab_T *ht; 10087 hashitem_T *hi; 10088 dict_T *d = NULL; 10089 typval_T save_val; 10090 typval_T save_key; 10091 int rem; 10092 int todo; 10093 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10094 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10095 : N_("filter() argument")); 10096 int save_did_emsg; 10097 int idx = 0; 10098 10099 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10100 { 10101 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10102 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10103 return; 10104 } 10105 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10106 { 10107 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10108 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10109 return; 10110 } 10111 else 10112 { 10113 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10114 return; 10115 } 10116 10117 expr = &argvars[1]; 10118 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10119 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10120 * was not passed as argument. */ 10121 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10122 { 10123 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10124 10125 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10126 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10127 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10128 did_emsg = FALSE; 10129 10130 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10131 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10132 { 10133 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10134 10135 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10136 hash_lock(ht); 10137 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10138 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10139 { 10140 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10141 { 10142 int r; 10143 10144 --todo; 10145 di = HI2DI(hi); 10146 if (map && 10147 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10148 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10149 break; 10150 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10151 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10152 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10153 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10154 break; 10155 if (!map && rem) 10156 { 10157 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10158 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10159 break; 10160 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10161 } 10162 } 10163 } 10164 hash_unlock(ht); 10165 } 10166 else 10167 { 10168 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10169 10170 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10171 { 10172 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10173 break; 10174 nli = li->li_next; 10175 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10176 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10177 || did_emsg) 10178 break; 10179 if (!map && rem) 10180 listitem_remove(l, li); 10181 ++idx; 10182 } 10183 } 10184 10185 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10186 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10187 10188 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10189 } 10190 10191 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10192 } 10193 10194 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10195